快乐巴利palinanda.cc

长部第16经 · 大般涅槃经 Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

本经目录比丘之不衰退法舍利弗的狮子吼持戒的功德伎女庵婆巴利铁匠之子纯陀之事双娑罗树遗体的供养遗骨的分配

131PTS 2.72缅 2.61已对照

三、大般涅槃经(Mahāparinibbānasutta) 如是我闻:一时,世尊住在王舍城(Rājagaha)的灵鹫山(Gijjhakūṭa)。当时,摩揭陀国(Magadha)的国王阿阇世·韦提希子(Ajātasattu Vedehiputta)想要出兵征讨跋耆人(Vajjī)。他这样说:“我要根绝这些有如此大神力、如此威势广大的跋耆人,我要毁灭跋耆人,我要令跋耆人遭受灾祸与毁败。”

131. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi [ucchejjāmi (syā. pī.), ucchijjāmi (ka.)] vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī’’ti [āpādessāmi vajjīti (sabbattha) a. ni. 7.22 passitabbaṃ].
132PTS 2.73已对照

于是,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子对摩揭陀大臣雨行婆罗门(Vassakāra)说:“来,婆罗门,你前往世尊之处;到了之后,以我的名义以头礼敬世尊双足,问候[世尊]少病、少恼、起居轻利、有力、安乐而住:‘尊者,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子以头礼敬世尊双足,问候[世尊]少病、少恼、起居轻利、有力、安乐而住。’并且这样说:‘尊者,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子想要出兵征讨跋耆人。他这样说:“我要根绝这些有如此大神力、如此威势广大的跋耆人,我要毁灭跋耆人,我要令[他们]遭受灾祸与毁败。”’世尊如何为你解答,你要好好领受,回来告诉我。因为诸如来不说虚妄之语。”

132. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti.
Vassakārabrāhmaṇo
133缅 2.62已对照

雨行婆罗门之事 “是的,大王。”摩揭陀大臣雨行婆罗门应诺摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子之后,令人套好一辆辆上好的车乘,登上一辆上好的车乘,乘着一辆辆上好的车乘从王舍城出发,向灵鹫山而去。乘车行至车可行之处,便下车,徒步来到世尊之处;到了之后,与世尊互相问候;交换了友好、可念的问候话语之后,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩揭陀大臣雨行婆罗门对世尊说:“乔达摩尊师,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子以头礼敬乔达摩尊师的双足,问候[尊师]少病、少恼、起居轻利、有力、安乐而住。乔达摩尊师,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子想要出兵征讨跋耆人。他这样说:‘我要根绝这些有如此大神力、如此威势广大的跋耆人,我要毁灭跋耆人,我要令[他们]遭受灾祸与毁败。’”

133. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā [evañca vadeti rājā (ka.)], bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti.
Rājaaparihāniyadhammā
134PTS 2.74缅 2.63已对照

王之不衰退法 那时,具寿阿难站在世尊背后为世尊扇风。于是世尊对具寿阿难说:“阿难,你听说过‘跋耆人时常集会、多集会’吗?”“尊者,我听说过——‘跋耆人时常集会、多集会。’”“阿难,只要跋耆人还时常集会、多集会,阿难,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。 “阿难,你听说过‘跋耆人和合而集会、和合而散会、和合而作跋耆应作之事’吗?”“尊者,我听说过——‘跋耆人和合而集会、和合而散会、和合而作跋耆应作之事。’”“阿难,只要跋耆人还和合而集会、和合而散会、和合而作跋耆应作之事,阿难,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。 “阿难,你听说过‘跋耆人不制定未制定者,不废除已制定者,依照已制定的古昔跋耆法而受持奉行’吗?”“尊者,我听说过——‘跋耆人不制定未制定者,不废除已制定者,依照已制定的古昔跋耆法而受持奉行。’”“阿难,只要跋耆人还不制定未制定者,不废除已制定者,依照已制定的古昔跋耆法而受持奉行,阿难,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。 “阿难,你听说过‘跋耆人对跋耆人中那些跋耆耆老,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养,并且认为应当听从他们[的话]’吗?”“尊者,我听说过——‘跋耆人对跋耆人中那些跋耆耆老,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养,并且认为应当听从他们[的话]。’”“阿难,只要跋耆人还对跋耆人中那些跋耆耆老加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养,并且认为应当听从他们[的话],阿难,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。 “阿难,你听说过‘跋耆人对那些良家妇女、良家少女,不加强掳、强逼而使[她们]同住’吗?”“尊者,我听说过——‘跋耆人对那些良家妇女、良家少女,不加强掳、强逼而使[她们]同住。’”“阿难,只要跋耆人还不对那些良家妇女、良家少女加以强掳、强逼而使[她们]同住,阿难,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。 “阿难,你听说过‘跋耆人对跋耆人中那些内外的跋耆塔庙(cetiya),加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养,并且不废止对它们从前所施、从前所作的如法供祭’吗?”“尊者,我听说过——‘跋耆人对跋耆人中那些内外的跋耆塔庙,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养,并且不废止对它们从前所施、从前所作的如法供祭。’”“阿难,只要跋耆人还对跋耆人中那些内外的跋耆塔庙加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养,并且不废止对它们从前所施、从前所作的如法供祭,阿难,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。 “阿难,你听说过‘跋耆人对诸阿罗汉备有妥善安排的如法守护、遮护与保卫,[心想:]“愿未来的阿罗汉们能来到境内,已来的阿罗汉们能在境内安乐而住”’吗?”“尊者,我听说过——‘跋耆人对诸阿罗汉备有妥善安排的如法守护、遮护与保卫,“愿未来的阿罗汉们能来到境内,已来的阿罗汉们能在境内安乐而住”。’”“阿难,只要跋耆人对诸阿罗汉还备有妥善安排的如法守护、遮护与保卫,[心想:]‘愿未来的阿罗汉们能来到境内,已来的阿罗汉们能在境内安乐而住’——阿难,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。”

134. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno [vījayamāno (sī.), vījiyamāno (syā.)]. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, ‘‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti [garukaronti (sī. syā. pī.)] mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni
Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
135PTS 2.76已对照

于是,世尊对摩揭陀大臣雨行婆罗门说:“婆罗门,有一次我住在毘舍离(Vesālī)的沙兰达达塔庙(Sārandada cetiya)。就在那里,我为跋耆人宣说了这七不衰退法。婆罗门,只要这七不衰退法还住立于跋耆人之中,跋耆人还于这七不衰退法中显现,婆罗门,跋耆人便只应期待增长,不会衰退。” 这样说时,摩揭陀大臣雨行婆罗门对世尊说:“乔达摩尊师,跋耆人纵使只具足其中任何一种不衰退法,也只应期待增长,不会衰退,何况具足七种不衰退法呢!乔达摩尊师,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子对跋耆人是不可以作战的,除非以笼络,除非以离间。乔达摩尊师,那么我们现在就告辞了,我们事务繁多、要办的事很多。”“婆罗门,现在正是你认为适时的时候。”于是,摩揭陀大臣雨行婆罗门欢喜、随喜世尊所说,从座而起,离去了。

135. Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva [akaraṇīyā ca (syā. ka.)], bho gotama, vajjī [vajjīnaṃ (ka.)] raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhammā
136已对照

比丘之不衰退法

于是,摩揭陀大臣雨行婆罗门离去不久,世尊便对具寿阿难说:“阿难,你去把凡是依止王舍城而住的比丘全都召集到集会堂来。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,把凡是依止王舍城而住的比丘全都召集到集会堂,然后来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,比丘僧已经集合。尊者,现在正是世尊认为适时的时候。”

136. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
缅 2.65已对照

于是,世尊从座而起,来到集会堂;到了之后,坐在所敷设的座位上。坐下后,世尊对比丘们说:“诸比丘,我要为你们讲说七不衰退法,你们要谛听,好好作意,我要说了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这样说:

Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们时常集会、多集会,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
PTS 2.77已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们和合而集会、和合而散会、和合而作僧团应作之事,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不制定未制定者,不废除已制定者,依照已制定的诸学处而受持奉行,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们对那些长老、久经岁月(rattaññū)、出家已久、为僧团之父、为僧团导首的比丘们,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养,并且认为应当听从他们[的话],诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不落入已生起的、导致再有的渴爱(taṇhā)的支配,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们对林野住处心存期望,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们各自建立起念——‘愿未来的善良的同梵行者们能前来,愿已来的善良的同梵行者们能安乐而住’——诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu [phāsuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] vihareyyu’nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要这七不衰退法住立于比丘之中,比丘们于这七不衰退法中显现,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
137缅 2.66已对照

“诸比丘,我要再为你们讲说另外七不衰退法,你们要谛听,好好作意,我要说了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这样说:

137. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
PTS 2.78已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不乐着事务、不喜好事务、不专事于乐着事务,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不乐着闲谈、不喜好闲谈、不专事于乐着闲谈,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不乐着睡眠、不喜好睡眠、不专事于乐着睡眠,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不乐着聚众、不喜好聚众、不专事于乐着聚众,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不怀恶欲、不落入诸恶欲的支配,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不结恶友、不为恶伴、不亲恶党,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们不以少分的殊胜证得而中途止息,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要这七不衰退法住立于比丘之中,比丘们于这七不衰退法中显现,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
138PTS 2.79缅 2.67已对照

“诸比丘,我要再为你们讲说另外七不衰退法……乃至…… “诸比丘,只要比丘们有信……乃至……有惭……有愧……多闻……勤发精进……念现前……有慧,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。 “诸比丘,只要这七不衰退法住立于比丘之中,比丘们于这七不衰退法中显现,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

138. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… ‘‘yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
139已对照

“诸比丘,我要再为你们讲说另外七不衰退法,你们要谛听,好好作意,我要说了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这样说:

139. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们修习念觉支……乃至……修习择法觉支……修习精进觉支……修习喜觉支……修习轻安觉支……修习定觉支……修习舍觉支,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要这七不衰退法住立于比丘之中,比丘们于这七不衰退法中显现,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
140已对照

“诸比丘,我要再为你们讲说另外七不衰退法,你们要谛听,好好作意,我要说了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这样说:

140. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们修习无常想……乃至……修习无我想……修习不净想……修习过患想……修习舍断想……修习离贪想……修习灭想,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
PTS 2.80已对照

“诸比丘,只要这七不衰退法住立于比丘之中,比丘们于这七不衰退法中显现,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
141已对照

“诸比丘,我要为你们讲说六不衰退法,你们要谛听,好好作意,我要说了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这样说:

141. ‘‘Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
缅 2.68已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们对诸同梵行者,于显处与屏处都现起慈的身业,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们现起慈的语业……乃至……对诸同梵行者,于显处与屏处都现起慈的意业,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们对于凡是如法所得、依法而得的利养,乃至只是钵中所受的[一份],于这样的利养也不别藏独享,而与具戒的诸同梵行者共同受用,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们对于凡是无毁、无穿、无斑、无杂、自在、智者所赞、不被执取、导向定的诸戒,于这样的诸戒中与诸同梵行者一同住于戒的共同,于显处与屏处皆然,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni [viññuppasatthāni (sī.)] aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已对照

“诸比丘,只要比丘们对于那圣的、能出离的、能令依之而行者正尽苦的见,于这样的见中与诸同梵行者一同住于见的共同,于显处与屏处皆然,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
PTS 2.81已对照

“诸比丘,只要这六不衰退法住立于比丘之中,比丘们于这六不衰退法中显现,诸比丘,比丘们便只应期待增长,不会衰退。”

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
142已对照

世尊住在王舍城灵鹫山时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

142. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
143缅 2.69已对照

于是,世尊在王舍城随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往庵婆罗提迦(Ambalaṭṭhikā)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到庵婆罗提迦。世尊就住在庵婆罗提迦的王家客舍。世尊住在庵婆罗提迦的王家客舍时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

143. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
144已对照

于是,世尊在庵婆罗提迦随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往那烂陀(Nāḷandā)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到那烂陀,世尊就住在那烂陀的波婆离迦芒果林(Pāvārikambavana)。

144. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane.
Sāriputtasīhanādo
145PTS 2.82已对照

舍利弗的狮子吼

那时,具寿舍利弗来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿舍利弗对世尊说:“尊者,我对世尊有这样的净信:无论过去、未来或现在,都不曾有、不会有、也不存在另一位在正觉方面比世尊有更高证智的沙门或婆罗门。”“舍利弗,你说了这句宏大的牛王之语(āsabhī vācā),作了一向的断定,吼出了狮子吼——‘尊者,我对世尊有这样的净信:无论过去、未来或现在,都不曾有、不会有、也不存在另一位在正觉方面比世尊有更高证智的沙门或婆罗门。’

145. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā [āsabhivācā (syā.)] bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti.
缅 2.70已对照

“舍利弗,过去世那些成为阿罗汉、正等正觉者的世尊们,你是否都以心遍知其心而了知:‘那些世尊有这样的戒,亦有这样的法、这样的慧、这样的住、这样的解脱’呢?”“尊者,并非如此。”

‘‘Kiṃ te [kiṃ nu (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
已对照

“那么,舍利弗,未来世那些将成为阿罗汉、正等正觉者的世尊们,你是否都以心遍知其心而了知:‘那些世尊将有这样的戒,亦将有这样的法、这样的慧、这样的住、这样的解脱’呢?”“尊者,并非如此。”

‘‘Kiṃ pana te [kiṃ pana (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
已对照

“那么,舍利弗,现在是阿罗汉、正等正觉者的我,你是否以心遍知其心而了知:‘世尊有这样的戒,亦有这样的法、这样的慧、这样的住、这样的解脱’呢?”“尊者,并非如此。”

‘‘Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi, evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
PTS 2.83已对照

“舍利弗,既然在此你对过去、未来、现在的诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者并没有他心智(cetopariyañāṇa),那么,舍利弗,你为什么说了这句宏大的牛王之语,作了一向的断定,吼出了这样的狮子吼——‘尊者,我对世尊有这样的净信:无论过去、未来或现在,都不曾有、不会有、也不存在另一位在正觉方面比世尊有更高证智的沙门或婆罗门’呢?”

‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ [cetopariññāyañāṇaṃ (syā.), cetasā cetopariyāyañāṇaṃ (ka.)] natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?
146缅 2.71已对照

“尊者,我对过去、未来、现在的诸阿罗汉、正等正觉者虽没有他心智,但我了知法的类推(dhammanvaya)。尊者,譬如国王的边境城市,有坚固的城基、坚固的城墙与城门楼,只有一道门;那里有一位贤明、干练、有智慧的守门人,阻拦不认识的人,放入认识的人。他沿着这座城市四周的巡行道次第巡视,看不见城墙的接缝或裂口,乃至连一只猫能钻出去的[缺口]都没有。他会这样想:‘凡是任何粗大的生物出入这座城市,它们全都是从这一道门出入的。’尊者,我所了知的法的类推正是如此:‘尊者,过去世那些成为阿罗汉、正等正觉者的世尊们,那些世尊全都是舍断了五盖——心的随烦恼、令慧羸弱者——,于四念处心善安住,如实修习七觉支之后,现正觉了无上正等正觉。尊者,未来世那些将成为阿罗汉、正等正觉者的世尊们,那些世尊也全都将是舍断了五盖——心的随烦恼、令慧羸弱者——,于四念处心善安住,如实修习七觉支之后,现正觉无上正等正觉。尊者,现在是阿罗汉、正等正觉者的世尊,也是舍断了五盖——心的随烦恼、令慧羸弱者——,于四念处心善安住,如实修习七觉支之后,现正觉了无上正等正觉。’”

146. ‘‘Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ [anucariyāyapathaṃ (syā.)] anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa [na passeyya tassa evamassa (syā.)] – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’’ti.
147PTS 2.84已对照

世尊住在那烂陀的波婆离迦芒果林时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

147. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Dussīlaādīnavā
148PTS 2.85缅 2.72已对照

破戒的过患 于是,世尊在那烂陀随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往波吒厘村(Pāṭaligāma)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到波吒厘村。波吒厘村的优婆塞们听说:“据说世尊已经到达波吒厘村。”于是,波吒厘村的优婆塞们来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的波吒厘村的优婆塞们对世尊说:“尊者,愿世尊接受我们的客舍。”世尊以默然表示接受。于是,波吒厘村的优婆塞们知道世尊已经接受,便从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后,来到客舍;到了之后,把客舍全面铺设停当,敷设座位,安置水瓮,点上油灯,然后来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的波吒厘村的优婆塞们对世尊说:“尊者,客舍已经全面铺设停当,座位已经敷设,水瓮已经安置,油灯已经点上;尊者,现在正是世尊认为适时的时候。”于是,世尊在傍晚时分穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,与比丘僧一同来到客舍;到了之后,洗了足,进入客舍,靠着中央的柱子面向东方而坐。比丘僧也洗了足,进入客舍,靠着西面的墙、面向东方而坐,以世尊为前。波吒厘村的优婆塞们也洗了足,进入客舍,靠着东面的墙、面向西方而坐,以世尊为前。

148. Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ [sabbasantharitaṃ satthataṃ (syā.), sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)] āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ vinayamahāvagga na dissati]. Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho [puratthimābhimukho (ka.)] nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.
149缅 2.73已对照

于是,世尊对波吒厘村的优婆塞们说:“居士们,破戒者由于戒的失坏而有这五种过患。哪五种呢?居士们,在此,破戒、戒已失坏者,因放逸之故遭受财物的重大损失。这是破戒者由于戒的失坏而有的第一种过患。 “再者,居士们,破戒、戒已失坏者,恶名声传扬开来。这是破戒者由于戒的失坏而有的第二种过患。 “再者,居士们,破戒、戒已失坏者,无论走近哪一众会——或刹帝利众、或婆罗门众、或居士众、或沙门众——都无自信地走近,神情沮丧。这是破戒者由于戒的失坏而有的第三种过患。 “再者,居士们,破戒、戒已失坏者,昏昧而命终。这是破戒者由于戒的失坏而有的第四种过患。 “再者,居士们,破戒、戒已失坏者,身坏命终之后,往生苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。这是破戒者由于戒的失坏而有的第五种过患。居士们,这就是破戒者由于戒的失坏而有的五种过患。

149. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – ‘‘pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
Sīlavantaānisaṃsa
150PTS 2.86已对照

持戒的功德

“居士们,持戒者由于戒的具足而有这五种功德。哪五种呢?居士们,在此,持戒、戒已具足者,因不放逸之故获得大财蕴。这是持戒者由于戒的具足而有的第一种功德。

150. ‘‘Pañcime, gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已对照

“再者,居士们,持戒、戒已具足者,善名声传扬开来。这是持戒者由于戒的具足而有的第二种功德。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已对照

“再者,居士们,持戒、戒已具足者,无论走近哪一众会——或刹帝利众、或婆罗门众、或居士众、或沙门众——都有自信地走近,神情不沮丧。这是持戒者由于戒的具足而有的第三种功德。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已对照

“再者,居士们,持戒、戒已具足者,不昏昧而命终。这是持戒者由于戒的具足而有的第四种功德。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已对照

“再者,居士们,持戒、戒已具足者,身坏命终之后,往生善趣、天界。这是持戒者由于戒的具足而有的第五种功德。居士们,这就是持戒者由于戒的具足而有的五种功德。”

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.
151已对照

于是,世尊以法语对波吒厘村的优婆塞们开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜,直到深夜,然后遣他们回去:“居士们,夜已深了,现在正是你们认为适时的时候。”“是的,尊者。”波吒厘村的优婆塞们应诺世尊之后,从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后离去。于是,在波吒厘村的优婆塞们离去不久,世尊便进入了空屋。

151. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.
Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ
152PTS 2.88缅 2.74已对照

波吒厘子城的建造 当时,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀(Sunidha)与雨行正在波吒厘村建造城市,以防御跋耆人。当时,有成千的天神在波吒厘村占取宅地。凡大威力的天神在哪一处占取宅地,大威力的国王与王的大臣们的心便倾向于在那里建造住宅;凡中等的天神在哪一处占取宅地,中等的国王与王的大臣们的心便倾向于在那里建造住宅;凡卑下的天神在哪一处占取宅地,卑下的国王与王的大臣们的心便倾向于在那里建造住宅。世尊以清净、超人的天眼,看见那些成千的天神在波吒厘村占取宅地。于是,世尊在夜过将晓之时起身,对具寿阿难说:“阿难,是谁在波吒厘村建造城市呢?”“尊者,是摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行在波吒厘村建造城市,以防御跋耆人。”“阿难,就像是与三十三天(Tāvatiṃsa)的诸天商议过一般,阿难,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行正是这样在波吒厘村建造城市,以防御跋耆人。阿难,我在这里以清净、超人的天眼,看见了成千的天神在波吒厘村占取宅地。阿难,凡大威力的天神在哪一处占取宅地,大威力的国王与王的大臣们的心便倾向于在那里建造住宅;凡中等的天神在哪一处占取宅地,中等的国王与王的大臣们的心便倾向于在那里建造住宅;凡卑下的天神在哪一处占取宅地,卑下的国王与王的大臣们的心便倾向于在那里建造住宅。阿难,凡圣者的处所所及、凡商贾之路所及,这里将成为最上的城市——解包之地(puṭabhedana)波吒厘子城(Pāṭaliputta)。阿难,波吒厘子城将有三种灾难:或来自火,或来自水,或来自内部的离间。”

152. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā [sunīdhavassakārā (syā. ka.)] magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva [sahassasseva (sī. pī. ka.), sahassaseva (ṭīkāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ), sahassasahasseva (udānaṭṭhakathā)] pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho [ko nu kho (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti [māpetīti (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ. Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’ti.
153PTS 2.89缅 2.75已对照

于是,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行来到世尊之处;到了之后,与世尊互相问候;交换了友好、可念的问候话语之后,站在一旁。站在一旁的摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行对世尊说:“愿乔达摩尊师与比丘僧一同接受我们今日的饭食。”世尊以默然表示接受。于是,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行知道世尊已经接受,便回到自己的住处;到了之后,在自己的住处备办了精美的嚼食与啖食,然后派人向世尊禀告时间:“乔达摩尊师,时间到了,饭食已经备妥。”于是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,与比丘僧一同来到摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行的住处;到了之后,坐在所敷设的座位上。于是,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行亲手以精美的嚼食与啖食供奉、满足以佛陀为首的比丘僧。于是,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行在世尊用餐完毕、手离于钵之后,取了一个低座,坐在一旁。对坐在一旁的摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行,世尊以这些偈颂随喜: “生为智者,在何处安居, 就在那里供食持戒者——诸自制的梵行者。 “凡在那里的诸天神,应把布施[之福]回向给她们; 她们受供养便供养他,受敬重便敬重他。 “从此她们便怜念他,如同母亲怜念亲生之子; 为天神所怜念的人,常见吉祥。” 于是,世尊以这些偈颂对摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行随喜之后,从座而起,离去了。

153. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –
‘‘Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;
Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo [brahmacārino (syā.)].
‘‘Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;
Tā pūjitā pūjayanti [pūjitā pūjayanti naṃ (ka.)], mānitā mānayanti naṃ.
‘‘Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;
Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
154缅 2.76已对照

当时,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀与雨行紧紧跟随在世尊身后[心想]:“今日沙门乔达摩从哪一道门出去,那道门就将名为乔达摩门;从哪一个渡口渡过恒河,那个渡口就将名为乔达摩渡。”于是,世尊从哪一道门出去,那道门就名为乔达摩门。于是,世尊来到恒河边。当时,恒河水满,与岸齐平,乌鸦[俯首]可饮。有些人在寻找船,有些人在寻找浮筏,有些人在结缚木筏,想要从此岸到彼岸。于是,世尊——犹如有力的人伸屈弯曲的手臂或弯曲伸直的手臂那样——与比丘僧一同在恒河此岸隐没,出现于彼岸。世尊看见那些人有的在寻找船,有的在寻找浮筏,有的在结缚木筏,想要从此岸到彼岸。于是,世尊了知此义,在那时说出这段感兴语: “凡渡越大水与湖沼者,造桥而越过诸池沼; 世人[尚在]结缚木筏,而有慧的人们已渡越。” 第一诵分。

154. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā [pārā (sī. syā. ka.), orā (vi. mahāvagga)], pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
‘‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;
Kullañhi jano bandhati [kullaṃ jano ca bandhati (syā.), kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati (sī. pī. ka.)], tiṇṇā [nitiṇṇā, na tiṇṇā (ka.)] medhāvino janā’’ti.
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.
Ariyasaccakathā
155PTS 2.90缅 2.77已对照

圣谛之说 于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往拘胝村(Koṭigāma)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到拘胝村。世尊就住在拘胝村。世尊在那里对比丘们说: “诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达四圣谛,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转。哪四种呢?诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达苦圣谛,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转;诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达苦集圣谛,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转;诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达苦灭圣谛,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转;诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达导至苦灭之道圣谛,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转。诸比丘,如今这苦圣谛已被随觉、已被通达,苦集圣谛已被随觉、已被通达,苦灭圣谛已被随觉、已被通达,导至苦灭之道圣谛已被随觉、已被通达;有的渴爱已被根绝,[导向再]有之索(bhavanetti)已尽,如今不再有后有了。”世尊说了这[番话]。善逝说了这[番话]之后,导师又接着这样说: “由于不如实见四圣谛, 便在这样那样的诸生之中长时流转。 “如今这些[圣谛]已被见到,[导向再]有之索已被拔除; 苦的根已被断绝,如今不再有后有。” 世尊住在拘胝村时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

155. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘Catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;
Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.
Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;
Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti.
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā
156PTS 2.92缅 2.78已对照

不还[者]的记说 于是,世尊在拘胝村随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往那提迦(Nātika)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到那提迦。世尊就住在那提迦的砖屋(giñjakāvasatha)。于是,具寿阿难来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,有一位名叫萨勒哈(Sāḷha)的比丘在那提迦命终了,他的趣(gati)是什么?他的来世如何?尊者,有一位名叫难陀(Nandā)的比丘尼在那提迦命终了,她的趣是什么?她的来世如何?尊者,有一位名叫须达多(Sudatta)的优婆塞在那提迦命终了,他的趣是什么?他的来世如何?尊者,有一位名叫善生(Sujātā)的优婆夷在那提迦命终了,她的趣是什么?她的来世如何?尊者,有一位名叫矩矩吒(Kukkuṭa)的优婆塞在那提迦命终了,他的趣是什么?他的来世如何?尊者,有一位名叫迦凌波(Kāḷimba)的优婆塞……乃至……尊者,有一位名叫尼迦多(Nikaṭa)的优婆塞……有一位名叫迦低沙诃(Kaṭissaha)的优婆塞……有一位名叫都他(Tuṭṭha)的优婆塞……有一位名叫桑都他(Santuṭṭha)的优婆塞……有一位名叫跋陀(Bhadda)的优婆塞……有一位名叫须跋陀(Subhadda)的优婆塞在那提迦命终了,他的趣是什么?他的来世如何?”

156. Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nātikā [nādikā (syā. pī.)] tenupaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo [kakudho (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo [kāliṅgo (pī.), kāraḷimbo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho [kaṭissabho (sī. pī.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo [bhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo [subhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
157PTS 2.93缅 2.79已对照

“阿难,萨勒哈比丘以诸漏的灭尽,就在现法中自己以证智证知无漏的心解脱、慧解脱,成就并住。阿难,难陀比丘尼以五下分结的灭尽而为化生者,将在那里般涅槃,不再从彼世间还来。阿难,须达多优婆塞以三结的灭尽、贪瞋痴的薄弱而为斯陀含,只再来此世间一次便将作苦的边际。阿难,善生优婆夷以三结的灭尽而为须陀洹,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。阿难,矩矩吒优婆塞以五下分结的灭尽而为化生者,将在那里般涅槃,不再从彼世间还来。阿难,迦凌波优婆塞……乃至……阿难,尼迦多优婆塞……迦低沙诃优婆塞……都他优婆塞……桑都他优婆塞……跋陀优婆塞……须跋陀优婆塞以五下分结的灭尽而为化生者,将在那里般涅槃,不再从彼世间还来。阿难,在那提迦命终的优婆塞有五十余人,以五下分结的灭尽而为化生者,将在那里般涅槃,不再从彼世间还来。阿难,在那提迦命终的优婆塞有九十余人,以三结的灭尽、贪瞋痴的薄弱而为斯陀含,只再来此世间一次便将作苦的边际。阿难,在那提迦命终的优婆塞有五百余人,以三结的灭尽而为须陀洹,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。

157. ‘‘Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā [parāyanā (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]. Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho, ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti [chādhikā navuti (syā.)], ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni [dasātirekāni (syā.)], ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā
158已对照

法镜法门 “阿难,生而为人者会命终,这并不希奇。但若每有人命终,你们都来到如来之处问这件事,阿难,这对如来是疲恼。所以,阿难,我要讲说名为法镜的法门;具足它的圣弟子,若愿意,便能自己为自己记说:‘我已尽地狱,已尽畜生胎,已尽饿鬼境,已尽苦界、恶趣、堕处;我是须陀洹,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。’

158. ‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva [tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce (sī. pī.), tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kho (syā.)] kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.
159PTS 2.94缅 2.80已对照

“阿难,什么是那法镜法门——具足它的圣弟子,若愿意,便能自己为自己记说:‘我已尽地狱,已尽畜生胎,已尽饿鬼境,已尽苦界、恶趣、堕处;我是须陀洹,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉’呢? “阿难,在此,圣弟子对佛具足不坏净信(aveccappasāda):‘那位世尊亦即是阿罗汉、正等正觉者、明行具足(vijjācaraṇasampanna)、善逝(sugata)、世间解(lokavidū)、无上者、调御丈夫(anuttara purisadammasārathi)、天人导师(satthā devamanussānaṃ)、佛陀(buddha)、世尊。’ “对法具足不坏净信:‘法是世尊所善说的,是现见的、无时的、来见的、引导的、智者应各自证知的。’ “对僧具足不坏净信:‘世尊的弟子僧是善行道者,世尊的弟子僧是正直行道者,世尊的弟子僧是如理行道者,世尊的弟子僧是正当行道者,也就是四双八辈之人——这就是世尊的弟子僧,应供养、应款待、应奉施、应合掌,是世间无上的福田。’ “具足圣者所爱乐的诸戒——无毁、无穿、无斑、无杂、自在、智者所赞、不被执取、导向定。 “阿难,这就是那法镜法门——具足它的圣弟子,若愿意,便能自己为自己记说:‘我已尽地狱,已尽畜生胎,已尽饿鬼境,已尽苦界、恶趣、堕处;我是须陀洹,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。’” 世尊住在那提迦的砖屋时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

159. ‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?
‘‘Idhānanda, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.
‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –
‘‘Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
160PTS 2.95缅 2.81已对照

于是,世尊在那提迦随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往毘舍离。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到毘舍离。世尊就住在毘舍离的庵婆巴利林(Ambapālivana)。世尊在那里对比丘们说:“诸比丘,比丘应当具念、正知而住,这是我们对你们的教诫。诸比丘,比丘如何是具念呢?诸比丘,在此,比丘于身随观身而住,热勤(ātāpī)、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪与忧;于诸受随观受……乃至……于心随观心……乃至……于诸法随观法而住,热勤、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪与忧。诸比丘,这样,比丘就是具念。 “诸比丘,比丘如何是正知呢?诸比丘,在此,比丘于前进、后退时是正知而行者,于前视、旁视时是正知而行者,于屈、伸时是正知而行者,于持僧伽梨、钵与衣时是正知而行者,于食、饮、嚼、尝时是正知而行者,于大小便利时是正知而行者,于行、住、坐、卧、醒、语、默时是正知而行者。诸比丘,这样,比丘就是正知。诸比丘,比丘应当具念、正知而住,这是我们对你们的教诫。”

160. Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.
Ambapālīgaṇikā
161缅 2.82已对照

伎女庵婆巴利

伎女庵婆巴利(Ambapālī gaṇikā)听说:“据说世尊已经到达毘舍离,住在毘舍离我的芒果林中。”于是,伎女庵婆巴利令人套好一辆辆上好的车乘,登上一辆上好的车乘,乘着一辆辆上好的车乘从毘舍离出发,向自己的园林而去。乘车行至车可行之处,便下车,徒步来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法语对坐在一旁的伎女庵婆巴利开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜。于是,受世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜的伎女庵婆巴利对世尊说:“尊者,愿世尊与比丘僧一同接受我明日的饭食。”世尊以默然表示接受。于是,伎女庵婆巴利知道世尊已经接受,便从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后离去。

161. Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
PTS 2.96已对照

毘舍离的离车人们听说:“据说世尊已经到达毘舍离,住在庵婆巴利林中。”于是,那些离车人令人套好一辆辆上好的车乘,登上一辆上好的车乘,乘着一辆辆上好的车乘从毘舍离出发。其中有些离车人是青色的——青的容色、青的衣服、青的装饰;有些离车人是黄色的——黄的容色、黄的衣服、黄的装饰;有些离车人是赤色的——赤的容色、赤的衣服、赤的装饰;有些离车人是白色的——白的容色、白的衣服、白的装饰。于是,伎女庵婆巴利与那些年轻的离车人以轴触轴、以轮触轮、以轭触轭地相错而过。于是,那些离车人对伎女庵婆巴利说:“喂,庵婆巴利,你为什么与那些年轻的离车人以轴触轴、以轮触轮、以轭触轭地相错而过呢?”“诸位公子,因为我已经请到世尊与比丘僧一同接受明日的饭食了。”“喂,庵婆巴利,把这顿饭食让给我们,[我们出]十万[金]。”“诸位公子,即使你们把毘舍离连同其属地都给我,我也不会让出这顿饭食。”于是,那些离车人弹指[说]:“诸位,我们竟被这女人(ambakā)胜过了!诸位,我们竟被这女人胜过了!”

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi [parivattesi (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, je ambapāli, daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ [ekaṃ (ka.)] bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha [dajjeyyātha (vi. mahāvagga)], evamahaṃ taṃ [evampi mahantaṃ (syā.), evaṃ mahantaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhattaṃ na dassāmī’’ti [neva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattanti (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha [jitamhā (bahūsu)] vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti [‘‘jitamhā vata bho ambapālikāya vañcitamhā vata bho ambapālikāyā’’ti (syā.)].
PTS 2.97缅 2.83已对照

于是,那些离车人向庵婆巴利林而去。世尊远远地就看见那些离车人前来。看见之后,对比丘们说:“诸比丘,凡是不曾见过三十三天诸天的比丘,诸比丘,你们看这离车众;诸比丘,你们细看这离车众;诸比丘,你们把这离车众比拟为三十三天[众]吧。”于是,那些离车人乘车行至车可行之处,便下车,徒步来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法语对坐在一旁的那些离车人开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜。于是,受世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜的那些离车人对世尊说:“尊者,愿世尊与比丘僧一同接受我们明日的饭食。”于是,世尊对那些离车人说:“离车人们,我已经接受了伎女庵婆巴利明日的饭食了。”于是,那些离车人弹指[说]:“诸位,我们竟被这女人胜过了!诸位,我们竟被这女人胜过了!”于是,那些离车人欢喜、随喜世尊所说,从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后离去。

Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yesaṃ [yehi (vi. mahāvagga)], bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘adhivutthaṃ [adhivāsitaṃ (syā.)] kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
162PTS 2.98缅 2.84已对照

于是,伎女庵婆巴利在那一夜过后,在自己的园林中备办了精美的嚼食与啖食,然后派人向世尊禀告时间:“尊者,时间到了,饭食已经备妥。”于是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,与比丘僧一同来到伎女庵婆巴利的住处;到了之后,坐在所敷设的座位上。于是,伎女庵婆巴利亲手以精美的嚼食与啖食供奉、满足以佛陀为首的比丘僧。于是,伎女庵婆巴利在世尊用餐完毕、手离于钵之后,取了一个低座,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的伎女庵婆巴利对世尊说:“尊者,我把这座园林布施给以佛陀为首的比丘僧。”世尊接受了这座园林。于是,世尊以法语对伎女庵婆巴利开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜之后,从座而起,离去了。世尊住在毘舍离庵婆巴利林时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

162. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ
163PTS 2.99已对照

竹林村的雨安居 于是,世尊在庵婆巴利林随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往竹林村(Veḷuvagāmaka)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到竹林村。世尊就住在竹林村。世尊在那里对比丘们说:“诸比丘,你们去吧,就在毘舍离四周,随各自的友人、随各自的相识、随各自的亲厚而入雨安居;我则就在这竹林村入雨安居。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘应诺世尊之后,就在毘舍离四周,随各自的友人、随各自的相识、随各自的亲厚而入雨安居;世尊则就在那竹林村入雨安居。

163. Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako [beḷuvagāmako (sī. pī.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha [upagacchatha (syā.)]. Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.
164缅 2.85已对照

于是,在世尊入雨安居之后,生起了剧烈的病,转起了猛烈的、濒死的诸受。世尊具念、正知地忍受,不为所恼。于是,世尊这样想:“我若不告知诸侍者、不辞别比丘僧就般涅槃,这对我是不相宜的。我何不以精进遣退此病,决意住于命行(jīvitasaṅkhāra)而住呢?”于是,世尊以精进遣退了那病,决意住于命行而住。于是,世尊的那病就止息了。于是,世尊病愈起身、起身未久,便从住处出来,坐在住处荫影处所敷设的座位上。于是,具寿阿难来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,我见到了世尊的安适;尊者,我见到了世尊的堪忍。不过,尊者,我的身体像是麻木沉重了一般;诸方对我也不明了;由于世尊的病,诸法对我也不显现。不过,尊者,我还有一点点安慰:‘只要世尊还没有就比丘僧说些什么,世尊就不会般涅槃。’”

164. Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito [gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti)] aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’’’ti.
165PTS 2.101缅 2.86已对照

“阿难,比丘僧还对我期待什么呢?阿难,我所教说的法已不作内外之别;阿难,如来在诸法上没有师拳(ācariyamuṭṭhi,秘而不传的一握)。阿难,若有人这样想:‘我要统领比丘僧’,或‘比丘僧以我为归’,阿难,那样的人才会就比丘僧说些什么。阿难,如来却不这样想:‘我要统领比丘僧’,或‘比丘僧以我为归’。阿难,如来又会就比丘僧说些什么呢?阿难,我如今已经衰老、年迈、耄耋、历程已过、达于寿限,我的年岁已行至八十。阿难,犹如破旧的车子要靠皮带缠扎才能勉强行走,同样地,阿难,我想如来的身体也是靠缠扎才能勉强行走。阿难,凡如来由于不作意一切相、由于某些受的灭,成就并住于无相心定(animitta cetosamādhi)之时,阿难,那时如来的身体才较为安适。所以,阿难,你们要以自己为洲(dīpa)而住,以自己为归依,不以他者为归依;以法为洲,以法为归依,不以他者为归依。阿难,比丘如何是以自己为洲而住、以自己为归依、不以他者为归依,以法为洲、以法为归依、不以他者为归依呢?阿难,在此,比丘于身随观身而住,热勤、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪与忧;于诸受……乃至……于心……乃至……于诸法随观法而住,热勤、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪与忧。阿难,这样,比丘就是以自己为洲而住、以自己为归依、不以他者为归依,以法为洲、以法为归依、不以他者为归依。阿难,无论现在或我去世之后,凡能以自己为洲而住、以自己为归依、不以他者为归依,以法为洲、以法为归依、不以他者为归依的——阿难,凡乐于学的那些比丘,将是我[弟子中]最上的。” 第二诵分。

165. ‘‘Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā.)]? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)], ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena [veḷumissakena (syā.), veghamissakena (pī.), vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (ka.)] yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā’’ti.
Dutiyabhāṇavāro.
Nimittobhāsakathā
166PTS 2.102已对照

粗显的相与明示 于是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,进入毘舍离乞食。在毘舍离乞食之后,饭后从乞食处回来,对具寿阿难说:“阿难,取坐具来,我们前往遮波罗塔庙(Cāpāla cetiya)度日间。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,取了坐具,紧紧跟随在世尊身后。于是,世尊来到遮波罗塔庙;到了之后,坐在所敷设的座位上。具寿阿难也礼敬世尊之后,坐在一旁。

166. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ [pāvālaṃ (cetiyaṃ (syā.)] tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
167PTS 2.104缅 2.87已对照

世尊对坐在一旁的具寿阿难说:“阿难,毘舍离是可意的,优陀那塔庙(Udena cetiya)是可意的,瞿昙塔庙(Gotamaka cetiya)是可意的,七芒果塔庙(Sattamba cetiya)是可意的,多子塔庙(Bahuputta cetiya)是可意的,沙兰达达塔庙(Sārandada cetiya)是可意的,遮波罗塔庙(Cāpāla cetiya)是可意的。阿难,无论何人,若四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,他若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,所以,阿难,如来若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。”世尊虽然这样作出粗显的相、作出粗显的明示,具寿阿难却未能通达,也没有请求世尊:“尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。”——因为他的心被魔所缠缚。 世尊第二次……乃至……第三次对具寿阿难说:“阿难,毘舍离是可意的,优陀那塔庙(Udena cetiya)是可意的,瞿昙塔庙(Gotamaka cetiya)是可意的,七芒果塔庙(Sattamba cetiya)是可意的,多子塔庙(Bahuputta cetiya)是可意的,沙兰达达塔庙(Sārandada cetiya)是可意的,遮波罗塔庙(Cāpāla cetiya)是可意的。阿难,无论何人,若四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,他若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,所以,阿难,如来若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。”世尊虽然这样作出粗显的相、作出粗显的明示,具寿阿难却未能通达,也没有请求世尊:“尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。”——因为他的心被魔所缠缚。 于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“阿难,你去吧,现在正是你认为适时的时候。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后,坐在离[世尊]不远的一棵树下。

167. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ [sattambakaṃ (pī.)] cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno [ākaṅkhamāno (?)], ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
Mārayācanakathā
168PTS 2.105缅 2.88已对照

魔[波旬]的劝请 于是,在具寿阿难离去不久,魔波旬(Māra Pāpimā)来到世尊之处;到了之后,站在一旁。站在一旁的魔波旬对世尊说:“尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。 “尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:‘波旬,只要我的比丘弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导(pāṭihāriya)的法,我就不会般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的比丘弟子已经是贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,已经学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,已经能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法。尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。 “尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:‘波旬,只要我的比丘尼弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法,我就不会般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的比丘尼弟子已经是贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,已经学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,已经能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法。尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。 “尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:‘波旬,只要我的优婆塞弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法,我就不会般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的优婆塞弟子已经是贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,已经学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,已经能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法。尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。 “尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:‘波旬,只要我的优婆夷弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法,我就不会般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的优婆夷弟子已经是贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,已经学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,已经能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法。尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。 “尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:‘波旬,只要我这梵行还没有兴盛、繁荣、广布、为众人所知、遍布各处,乃至还没有被天与人善加宣说,我就不会般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的梵行已经兴盛、繁荣、广布、为众人所知、遍布各处,乃至已被天与人善加宣说。尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。” 这样说时,世尊对魔波旬说:“波旬,你且少事[勿劳]吧,如来的般涅槃不久就要到来;从此三个月之后,如来将般涅槃。”

168. Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī [uttāniṃ (ka.), uttāni (sī. pī.)] karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti.
Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.
Āyusaṅkhāraossajjanaṃ
169PTS 2.107缅 2.90已对照

舍弃寿行 于是,世尊在遮波罗塔庙具念、正知地舍弃了寿行(āyusaṅkhāra)。世尊舍弃寿行时,发生了大地震,可怖、令人身毛竖立,天鼓也爆响。于是,世尊了知此义,在那时说出这段感兴语: “有量与无量的生起[之业]——牟尼舍弃了[那]有行; 乐于内、得等持,破除了自身的生起,如同[破]铠甲。”

169. Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso [lomahaṃso (syā.)], devadundubhiyo [devadudrabhiyo (ka.)] ca phaliṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;
Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.
Mahābhūmicālahetu
170已对照

大地震之因 于是,具寿阿难这样想:“真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!这地震真大啊!这地震真是极大、可怖、令人身毛竖立啊!天鼓也爆响。究竟是什么因、什么缘,使大地震出现呢?”于是,具寿阿难来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,这地震真大啊!尊者,这地震真是极大、可怖、令人身毛竖立啊!天鼓也爆响。尊者,究竟是什么因、什么缘,使大地震出现呢?”

170. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
171PTS 2.108缅 2.91已对照

“阿难,有这八种因、八种缘,使大地震出现。哪八种呢?阿难,这大地立于水上,水立于风上,风住于虚空。阿难,会有那样的时候:大风吹起。大风吹起时,令水动摇;水动摇了,令地动摇。这是使大地震出现的第一种因、第一种缘。 “再者,阿难,有沙门或婆罗门有神通、得心自在,或有大神力、威势广大的天神,他所修习的地想有限、水想无量,他便令这大地动摇、遍动摇、普动摇、震撼。这是使大地震出现的第二种因、第二种缘。 “再者,阿难,当菩萨从兜率天众死没、具念正知地入母胎时,这时大地便动摇、遍动摇、普动摇、震撼。这是使大地震出现的第三种因、第三种缘。 “再者,阿难,当菩萨具念正知地从母胎出生时,这时大地便动摇、遍动摇、普动摇、震撼。这是使大地震出现的第四种因、第四种缘。 “再者,阿难,当如来现正觉无上正等正觉时,这时大地便动摇、遍动摇、普动摇、震撼。这是使大地震出现的第五种因、第五种缘。 “再者,阿难,当如来转无上法轮时,这时大地便动摇、遍动摇、普动摇、震撼。这是使大地震出现的第六种因、第六种缘。 “再者,阿难,当如来具念正知地舍弃寿行时,这时大地便动摇、遍动摇、普动摇、震撼。这是使大地震出现的第七种因、第七种缘。 “再者,阿难,当如来以无余依涅槃界(anupādisesā nibbānadhātu)般涅槃时,这时大地便动摇、遍动摇、普动摇、震撼。这是使大地震出现的第八种因、第八种缘。阿难,这就是使大地震出现的八种因、八种缘。”

171. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti.
Aṭṭha parisā
172PTS 2.110缅 2.92已对照

八众 “阿难,有这八众。哪八种呢?刹帝利众、婆罗门众、居士众、沙门众、四大王[天]众、三十三天众、魔众、梵天众。 “阿难,我自知曾走近数百个刹帝利众。在那里我也曾同坐过、曾交谈过、曾参与过论议。在那里,他们的容色是怎样的,我的容色也是怎样的;他们的声音是怎样的,我的声音也是怎样的。“我以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜。当我说话时,他们并不知道:‘这说话的究竟是天还是人?’我以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜之后便隐没。当我隐没时,他们也不知道:‘这隐没的究竟是天还是人?’ “阿难,我自知曾走近数百个婆罗门众……乃至……居士众……沙门众……四大王[天]众……三十三天众……魔众……梵天众。在那里我也曾同坐过、曾交谈过、曾参与过论议。在那里,他们的容色是怎样的,我的容色也是怎样的;他们的声音是怎样的,我的声音也是怎样的。“我以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜。当我说话时,他们并不知道:‘这说话的究竟是天还是人?’我以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜之后便隐没。当我隐没时,他们也不知道:‘这隐没的究竟是天还是人?’阿难,这就是八众。

172. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā [cātummahārājikaparisā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.
Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni
173PTS 2.111缅 2.93已对照

八胜处 “阿难,有这八胜处。哪八种呢?内有色想者,见外部的诸色是有限的、有美色与丑色的。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第一胜处。 “内有色想者,见外部的诸色是无量的、有美色与丑色的。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第二胜处。 “内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是有限的、有美色与丑色的。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第三胜处。 “内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是无量的、有美色与丑色的。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第四胜处。 “内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是青的、青的容色、青的显现、青的光耀。犹如亚麻花(umāpuppha)是青的、青的容色、青的显现、青的光耀;又如波罗奈所产、两面磨光的那种布是青的、青的容色、青的显现、青的光耀。同样地,内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是青的、青的容色、青的显现、青的光耀。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第五胜处。 “内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是黄的、黄的容色、黄的显现、黄的光耀。犹如迦尼迦罗花(kaṇikārapuppha)是黄的、黄的容色、黄的显现、黄的光耀;又如波罗奈所产、两面磨光的那种布是黄的、黄的容色、黄的显现、黄的光耀。同样地,内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是黄的、黄的容色、黄的显现、黄的光耀。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第六胜处。 “内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是赤的、赤的容色、赤的显现、赤的光耀。犹如朱槿花(bandhujīvakapuppha)是赤的、赤的容色、赤的显现、赤的光耀;又如波罗奈所产、两面磨光的那种布是赤的、赤的容色、赤的显现、赤的光耀。同样地,内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是赤的、赤的容色、赤的显现、赤的光耀。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第七胜处。 “内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是白的、白的容色、白的显现、白的光耀。犹如太白星(osadhitārakā)是白的、白的容色、白的显现、白的光耀;又如波罗奈所产、两面磨光的那种布是白的、白的容色、白的显现、白的光耀。同样地,内有无色想者,见外部的诸色是白的、白的容色、白的显现、白的光耀。他有这样的想:‘我胜过它们而知、而见。’这是第八胜处。阿难,这就是八胜处。

173. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ. Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.
Aṭṭha vimokkhā
174PTS 2.112已对照

八解脱 “阿难,有这八解脱。哪八种呢?有色者见诸色——这是第一解脱。内无色想者见外诸色——这是第二解脱。唯胜解为‘净’——这是第三解脱。完全超越色想,有对想灭没,不作意种种想,[知]‘虚空是无边的’,成就并住于空无边处——这是第四解脱。完全超越空无边处,[知]‘识是无边的’,成就并住于识无边处——这是第五解脱。完全超越识无边处,[知]‘什么都没有’,成就并住于无所有处——这是第六解脱。完全超越无所有处,成就并住于非想非非想处——这是第七解脱。完全超越非想非非想处,成就并住于想受灭——这是第八解脱。阿难,这就是八解脱。

174. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.
175已对照

“阿难,有一次我住在优楼频螺(Uruvelā)尼连禅河(Nerañjarā)岸边的牧羊人尼拘陀树(ajapālanigrodha)下,初现正觉不久。阿难,那时魔波旬来到我这里;到了之后,站在一旁。阿难,站在一旁的魔波旬对我说:‘尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。’阿难,这样说时,我对魔波旬说:

175. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –
PTS 2.113缅 2.95已对照

“‘波旬,只要我的比丘弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导(pāṭihāriya)的法,我就不会般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已对照

“‘波旬,只要我的比丘尼弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法,我就不会般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已对照

“‘波旬,只要我的优婆塞弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法,我就不会般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已对照

“‘波旬,只要我的优婆夷弟子还没有成为贤明的、已受调教的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正当行道的、随法而行的,还没有学得自己的师承之说而告知、教示、施设、建立、开显、分别、令其明了,还没有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人异论而教示有示导的法,我就不会般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已对照

“‘波旬,只要我这梵行还没有兴盛、繁荣、广布、为众人所知、遍布各处,乃至还没有被天与人善加宣说,我就不会般涅槃。’

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti.
176PTS 2.114缅 2.96已对照

“阿难,就在今天,就在此刻,在遮波罗塔庙,魔波旬来到我这里;到了之后,站在一旁。阿难,站在一旁的魔波旬对我说:‘尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:“波旬,只要我的比丘弟子还没有成为……乃至……只要我的比丘尼弟子还没有成为……乃至……只要我的优婆塞弟子还没有成为……乃至……只要我的优婆夷弟子还没有成为……乃至……只要我这梵行还没有兴盛、繁荣、广布、为众人所知、遍布各处,乃至还没有被天与人善加宣说[,我就不会般涅槃]。”而如今,尊者,世尊的梵行已经兴盛、繁荣、广布、为众人所知、遍布各处,乃至已被天与人善加宣说。尊者,现在请世尊般涅槃吧,请善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候。’

176. ‘‘Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.
177已对照

“阿难,这样说时,我对魔波旬说:‘波旬,你且少事[勿劳]吧,如来的般涅槃不久就要到来;从此三个月之后,如来将般涅槃。’阿难,就在今天,就在此刻,在遮波罗塔庙,如来已具念、正知地舍弃了寿行。”

177. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho’’ti.
Ānandayācanakathā
178PTS 2.115缅 2.97已对照

阿难的请求 这样说时,具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。”“阿难,够了!不要请求如来,阿难,现在已不是请求如来的时候了。”具寿阿难第二次……乃至……具寿阿难第三次对世尊说:“尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。” “阿难,你相信如来的觉悟吗?”“是的,尊者。”“那么,阿难,你为何还要第三次逼迫如来呢?”“尊者,这是我当面从世尊听闻、当面领受的:‘阿难,无论何人,若四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,他若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤;所以,阿难,如来若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。’”“阿难,你相信[这话]吗?”“是的,尊者。”“所以,阿难,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失——如来这样作出粗显的相、作出粗显的明示,你却未能通达,没有请求如来:‘尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。’阿难,假如你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,第三次才会接受。所以,阿难,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。

178. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
‘‘Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī’’ti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
179PTS 2.116已对照

“阿难,有一次我住在王舍城的灵鹫山。阿难,我在那里也曾对你说:‘阿难,王舍城是可意的;阿难,灵鹫山是可意的。阿难,无论何人,若四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,他若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,所以,阿难,如来若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。’阿难,纵使如来这样作出粗显的相、作出粗显的明示,你也未能通达,没有请求如来:‘尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。’阿难,假如你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,第三次才会接受。所以,阿难,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。

179. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
180PTS 2.117缅 2.98已对照

“阿难,有一次我就住在王舍城的乔达摩尼拘陀树(Gotamanigrodha)……乃至……就住在王舍城的盗贼崖(Corapapāta)……就住在王舍城韦跋拉山(Vebhāra)侧的七叶窟(Sattapaṇṇiguhā)……就住在王舍城仙人山(Isigili)侧的黑石(Kāḷasilā)……就住在王舍城寒林(Sītavana)的蛇头岩(Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāra)……就住在王舍城的温泉园(Tapodārāma)……就住在王舍城竹林(Veḷuvana)的松鼠饲食处(Kalandakanivāpa,古译「迦兰陀园」)……就住在王舍城的耆婆芒果林(Jīvakambavana)……就住在王舍城马达古奇(Maddakucchi)的鹿野苑(Migadāya)。阿难,我在那里也曾对你说:‘阿难,王舍城是可意的,灵鹫山是可意的,乔达摩尼拘陀树是可意的,盗贼崖是可意的,韦跋拉山侧的七叶窟是可意的,仙人山侧的黑石是可意的,寒林的蛇头岩是可意的,温泉园是可意的,竹林的松鼠饲食处是可意的,耆婆芒果林是可意的,马达古奇的鹿野苑是可意的。阿难,无论何人,若四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤……乃至……阿难,如来若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。’阿难,纵使如来这样作出粗显的相、作出粗显的明示,你也未能通达,没有请求如来:‘尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。’阿难,假如你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,第三次才会接受。所以,阿难,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。

180. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro, ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
181已对照

“阿难,有一次我住在这毘舍离的优陀那塔庙。阿难,我在那里也曾对你说:‘阿难,毘舍离是可意的,优陀那塔庙是可意的。阿难,无论何人,若四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,他若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,所以,阿难,如来若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。’阿难,纵使如来这样作出粗显的相、作出粗显的明示,你也未能通达,没有请求如来:‘尊者,愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。’阿难,假如你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,第三次才会接受。所以,阿难,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。

181. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
182PTS 2.118缅 2.99已对照

“阿难,有一次我就住在这毘舍离的瞿昙塔庙……乃至……就住在这毘舍离的七芒果塔庙……就住在这毘舍离的多子塔庙……就住在这毘舍离的沙兰达达塔庙……阿难,就在今天,我在遮波罗塔庙曾对你说:‘阿难,毘舍离是可意的,优陀那塔庙是可意的,瞿昙塔庙是可意的,七芒果塔庙是可意的,多子塔庙是可意的,沙兰达达塔庙是可意的,遮波罗塔庙是可意的。阿难,无论何人,若四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,他若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多作、已作车乘、已作基地、已确立、已积习、已善精勤,所以,阿难,如来若愿意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩余。’阿难,纵使如来这样作出粗显的相、作出粗显的明示,你也未能通达,没有请求如来:‘愿世尊住立一劫!愿善逝住立一劫!为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。’阿难,假如你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,第三次才会接受。所以,阿难,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。

182. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
183PTS 2.119缅 2.100已对照

“阿难,我不是早已对你说过吗:‘与一切可爱、可意的[人事],[终有]别异、别离、变异。阿难,于此如何能得——凡已生、已成、有为、坏灭之法,[要它]“不要坏灭”,这是不可能的。’阿难,如来所已弃舍、已呕吐、已解脱、已断除、已舍遣的寿行,[如来]已一向地说出了这句话:‘如来的般涅槃不久就要到来;从此三个月之后,如来将般涅槃。’而如来为了活命再把那句话吞回去,这是不可能的。来吧,阿难,我们前往大林(Mahāvana)重阁讲堂(Kūṭāgārasālā)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。

183. ‘‘Nanu etaṃ [evaṃ (syā. pī.)], ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī. pī.)] akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca [taṃ vacanaṃ (sī.)] tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti [paccāgamissatīti (syā. ka.)] netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
已对照

于是,世尊与具寿阿难一同来到大林重阁讲堂;到了之后,对具寿阿难说:“阿难,你去把凡是依止毘舍离而住的比丘全都召集到集会堂来。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,把凡是依止毘舍离而住的比丘全都召集到集会堂,然后来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,比丘僧已经集合。尊者,现在正是世尊认为适时的时候。”

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
184PTS 2.120已对照

于是,世尊来到集会堂;到了之后,坐在所敷设的座位上。坐下后,世尊对比丘们说:“所以,诸比丘,凡是我以证智所教说的诸法,你们应当善加受持、亲习、修习、多作,好让这梵行长久、久住——那将是为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐。诸比丘,什么是我以证智所教说、你们应当善加受持、亲习、修习、多作,好让这梵行长久、久住——那将是为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐的诸法呢?就是:四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八支圣道。诸比丘,这些就是我以证智所教说、你们应当善加受持、亲习、修习、多作,好让这梵行长久、久住——那将是为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了怜悯世间,为了天与人的义利、利益与安乐的诸法。”

184. Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
185PTS 2.121缅 2.101已对照

于是,世尊对比丘们说:“那么,诸比丘,我现在告诉你们:诸行是坏灭法,当以不放逸成就。如来的般涅槃不久就要到来;从此三个月之后,如来将般涅槃。”世尊说了这[番话]。善逝说了这[番话]之后,导师又接着这样说: “我的年岁已成熟,我的寿命短促; 舍你们而去,我已作了自己的归依。 “诸比丘,你们要不放逸、具念、善持戒; 思惟善得等持,守护自己的心。 “凡于此法与律中不放逸而住者, 舍离生死轮回,将作苦的边际。” 第三诵分。

185. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā [ito paraṃ syāmapotthake evaṃpi pāṭho dissati –§daharāpi ca ye vuddhā, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā.§aḍḍhāceva daliddā ca, sabbe maccuparāyanā.§yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṃ mattikabhājanaṃ.§khuddakañca mahantañca, yañca pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ.§sabbaṃ bhedapariyantaṃ, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.§athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā]. –
‘‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;
Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.
‘‘Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;
Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.
‘‘Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;
Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’’ti [viharissati (syā.), vihessati (sī.)].
Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.
Nāgāpalokitaṃ
186PTS 2.122缅 2.102已对照

象顾 于是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,进入毘舍离乞食。在毘舍离乞食之后,饭后从乞食处回来,以象顾(nāgāpalokita)回望毘舍离,然后对具寿阿难说:“阿难,这将是如来最后一次见毘舍离了。来吧,阿难,我们前往班达村(Bhaṇḍagāma)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到班达村。世尊就住在班达村。世尊在那里对比丘们说: “诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达四法,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转。哪四种呢?诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达圣戒,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转;诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达圣定,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转;诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达圣慧,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转;诸比丘,由于不随觉、不通达圣解脱,我与你们才这样长时地奔驰、流转。诸比丘,如今这圣戒已被随觉、已被通达,圣定已被随觉、已被通达,圣慧已被随觉、已被通达,圣解脱已被随觉、已被通达;有的渴爱已被根绝,[导向再]有之索已尽,如今不再有后有了。”世尊说了这[番话]。善逝说了这[番话]之后,导师又接着这样说: “戒、定与慧,以及无上的解脱—— 这些法已被有名声的乔达摩所随觉。 “如是,佛陀以证智为诸比丘宣说了法; 作苦之边际者、导师、具眼者,已般涅槃。” 世尊住在班达村时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

186. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo [bhaṇḍugāmo (ka.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;
Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.
‘‘Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;
Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto’’ti.
Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Catumahāpadesakathā
187PTS 2.124缅 2.103已对照

四大教法 于是,世尊在班达村随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往哈提村(Hatthigāma)、庵婆村(Ambagāma)、阎浮村(Jambugāma)、财富城(Bhoganagara)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到财富城。世尊就住在财富城的阿难塔庙(Ānanda cetiya)。世尊在那里对比丘们说:“诸比丘,我要为你们讲说这四大教法(mahāpadesa),你们要谛听,好好作意,我要说了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这样说:

187. Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
188PTS 2.125缅 2.104已对照

“诸比丘,在此,有比丘可能这样说:‘贤友,这是我当面从世尊听闻、当面领受的:这是法,这是律,这是导师之教。’诸比丘,对那位比丘所说,既不应欢喜,也不应呵斥。不欢喜、不呵斥之后,应当把那些文句善加受持,于经中核对,于律中对照。那些[文句]若在经中核对、在律中对照时,既不能与经相合,也不能与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实不是那位世尊之语,是这位比丘错误受持的。’诸比丘,这样,你们就该舍弃它。那些[文句]若在经中核对、在律中对照时,既与经相合,也与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实是那位世尊之语,是这位比丘正确受持的。’诸比丘,你们应当受持这第一大教法。 “诸比丘,在此,有比丘可能这样说:‘在某某住处住着有上座、有首领的僧团。这是我当面从那僧团听闻、当面领受的:这是法,这是律,这是导师之教。’诸比丘,对那位比丘所说,既不应欢喜,也不应呵斥。不欢喜、不呵斥之后,应当把那些文句善加受持,于经中核对,于律中对照。那些[文句]若在经中核对、在律中对照时,既不能与经相合,也不能与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实不是那位世尊之语,是这位僧团错误受持的。’诸比丘,这样,你们就该舍弃它。那些[文句]若在经中核对、在律中对照时,既与经相合,也与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实是那位世尊之语,是这位僧团正确受持的。’诸比丘,你们应当受持这第二大教法。 “诸比丘,在此,有比丘可能这样说:‘在某某住处住着众多长老比丘,是多闻者、通晓阿含者、持法者、持律者、持论母者。这是我当面从那些长老听闻、当面领受的:这是法,这是律,这是导师之教。’诸比丘,对那位比丘所说,既不应欢喜,也不应呵斥。不欢喜、不呵斥之后,应当把那些文句善加受持,于经中核对,于律中对照。……乃至……也不能与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实不是那位世尊之语,是那些长老错误受持的。’诸比丘,这样,你们就该舍弃它。那些[文句]若在经中核对……乃至……也与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实是那位世尊之语,是那些长老正确受持的。’诸比丘,你们应当受持这第三大教法。 “诸比丘,在此,有比丘可能这样说:‘在某某住处住着一位长老比丘,是多闻者、通晓阿含者、持法者、持律者、持论母者。这是我当面从那位长老听闻、当面领受的:这是法,这是律,这是导师之教。’诸比丘,对那位比丘所说,既不应欢喜,也不应呵斥。不欢喜、不呵斥之后,应当把那些文句善加受持,于经中核对,于律中对照。那些[文句]若在经中核对、在律中对照时,既不能与经相合,也不能与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实不是那位世尊之语,是这位那位长老错误受持的。’诸比丘,这样,你们就该舍弃它。那些[文句]若在经中核对、在律中对照时,既与经相合,也与律相符,便应在此得出结论:‘这确实是那位世尊之语,是这位那位长老正确受持的。’诸比丘,你们应当受持这第四大教法。 “诸比丘,你们应当受持这四大教法。” 世尊住在财富城阿难塔庙时,也多以这样的法语对比丘们说:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍熏修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍熏修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍熏修的心正从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”

188. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni [otāretabbāni], vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni [otāriyamānāni] vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti [otaranti (sī. pī. a. ni. 4.180], na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā’’ti.
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Kammāraputtacundavatthu
189PTS 2.127已对照

铁匠之子纯陀之事

于是,世尊在财富城随意住了[一段时间]之后,对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往波婆(Pāvā)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到波婆。世尊就住在波婆铁匠之子纯陀(Cunda kammāraputta)的芒果林。铁匠之子纯陀听说:“据说世尊已经到达波婆,住在波婆我的芒果林中。”于是,铁匠之子纯陀来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法语对坐在一旁的铁匠之子纯陀开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜。于是,受世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜的铁匠之子纯陀对世尊说:“尊者,愿世尊与比丘僧一同接受我明日的饭食。”世尊以默然表示接受。于是,铁匠之子纯陀知道世尊已经接受,便从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后离去。

189. Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
缅 2.106已对照

于是,铁匠之子纯陀在那一夜过后,在自己的住处备办了精美的嚼食与啖食,以及大量的柔软猪肉(sūkaramaddava),然后派人向世尊禀告时间:“尊者,时间到了,饭食已经备妥。”于是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,与比丘僧一同来到铁匠之子纯陀的住处;到了之后,坐在所敷设的座位上。坐下后,世尊对铁匠之子纯陀说:“纯陀,你所备办的柔软猪肉,用它供奉我;其余所备办的嚼食与啖食,用它供奉比丘僧。”“是的,尊者。”铁匠之子纯陀应诺世尊之后,就把所备办的柔软猪肉供奉世尊,把其余所备办的嚼食与啖食供奉比丘僧。于是,世尊对铁匠之子纯陀说:“纯陀,你剩下的柔软猪肉,把它埋进坑里。纯陀,在这有诸天、魔、梵天的世间,以及有沙门、婆罗门、天与人的人众之中,我看不到除如来之外还有谁食用了它能正常消化的。”“是的,尊者。”铁匠之子纯陀应诺世尊之后,把剩下的柔软猪肉埋进坑里,然后来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法语对坐在一旁的铁匠之子纯陀开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜之后,从座而起,离去了。

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
190PTS 2.128已对照

于是,在世尊食用了铁匠之子纯陀的饭食之后,生起了剧烈的病:下血痢,转起了极猛烈的、濒死的诸受。世尊具念、正知地忍受,不为所恼。于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往拘尸那罗(Kusinārā)。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。 “食用了铁匠纯陀的饭食——我听说是这样—— 坚固者触受了极猛烈的、濒死的病。 “由于食用了柔软猪肉, 导师生起了极猛烈的病; 世尊一边泻下,一边说: ‘我要去拘尸那罗城。’”

190. Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;
Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.
Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,
Byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;
Virecamāno [viriccamāno (sī. syā. ka.), viriñcamāno (?)] bhagavā avoca,
Gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.
Pānīyāharaṇaṃ
191PTS 2.129缅 2.107已对照

饮水 于是,世尊从道路上走下,来到一棵树下;到了之后,对具寿阿难说:“来,阿难,你把僧伽梨叠成四层给我敷设,阿难,我疲倦了,我要坐下。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,把僧伽梨叠成四层敷设好。世尊就坐在所敷设的座位上。坐下后,世尊对具寿阿难说:“来,阿难,你给我取水来,阿难,我口渴了,我要喝水。”这样说时,具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,刚才有约五百辆车经过,那被车轮碾过的水量少、混浊、污浊地流着。尊者,这迦俱陀河(Kakudhā)就在不远处,水清、水甘、水凉、水洁,有好渡口,可意。世尊可以在那里喝水,也可以清凉身体。” 世尊第二次对具寿阿难说:“来,阿难,你给我取水来,阿难,我口渴了,我要喝水。”具寿阿难第二次对世尊说:“尊者,刚才有约五百辆车经过,那被车轮碾过的水量少、混浊、污浊地流着。尊者,这迦俱陀河(Kakudhā)就在不远处,水清、水甘、水凉、水洁,有好渡口,可意。世尊可以在那里喝水,也可以清凉身体。” 世尊第三次对具寿阿难说:“来,阿难,你给我取水来,阿难,我口渴了,我要喝水。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,取了钵,来到那条小河边。于是,那条被车轮碾过、水量少、混浊、污浊地流着的小河,在具寿阿难走近时,竟清澈、澄净、不浊地流着。于是,具寿阿难这样想:“真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!如来的大神力、威势广大!这条被车轮碾过、水量少、混浊、污浊地流着的小河,在我走近时,竟清澈、澄净、不浊地流着。”他用钵取了水,来到世尊之处;到了之后,对世尊说:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!如来的大神力、威势广大!尊者,刚才那条被车轮碾过、水量少、混浊、污浊地流着的小河,在我走近时,竟清澈、澄净、不浊地流着。愿世尊喝水,愿善逝喝水。”于是,世尊喝了水。

191. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā [kakuthā (sī. pī.)] nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā [setakā (sī.)] suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī [sītaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] karissatī’’ti.
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti.
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha [sandati (syā.)]. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.
Pukkusamallaputtavatthu
192PTS 2.131缅 2.108已对照

布古沙末罗子 当时,阿罗逻·迦罗摩(Āḷāra Kālāma)的弟子布古沙末罗子(Pukkusa Mallaputta)正走在从拘尸那罗(Kusinārā)到波婆的大道上。布古沙末罗子看见世尊坐在一棵树下。看见之后,便来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的布古沙末罗子对世尊说:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,出家者们所住的实在是寂静之住啊。尊者,从前阿罗逻·迦罗摩走在大道上,从道路走下,在不远处一棵树下坐着度日间。尊者,那时约有五百辆车紧挨着、紧挨着阿罗逻·迦罗摩经过。尊者,那时有一个人跟在那车队后面走来,来到阿罗逻·迦罗摩之处;到了之后,对阿罗逻·迦罗摩说:‘尊者,您可看见约五百辆车经过吗?’‘贤友,我没有看见。’‘那么,尊者,您听见声音了吗?’‘贤友,我没有听见声音。’‘那么,尊者,您睡着了吗?’‘贤友,我没有睡着。’‘那么,尊者,您是有想的吗?’‘是的,贤友。’‘尊者,您既是有想而醒着的,约五百辆车紧挨着、紧挨着经过,您却既没看见,也没听见声音——尊者,您的僧伽梨上竟还落满了尘土啊?’‘是的,贤友。’尊者,那时那个人这样想:‘真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!出家者们所住的实在是寂静之住啊——竟然有想而醒着,约五百辆车紧挨着、紧挨着经过,却既看不见,也听不见声音!’他对阿罗逻·迦罗摩表白了广大的净信之后,便离去了。”

192. Tena rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa [sakaṭasatassa (ka.)] piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu [api hi (sī. syā. pī.)] te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī’’ti.
193缅 2.109已对照

“布古沙,你怎么想?哪一样更难作、更难成就呢——是有想而醒着,约五百辆车紧挨着、紧挨着经过,却既看不见也听不见声音;还是有想而醒着,在天降雨、天雷鸣、闪电频发、霹雳交作之时,却既看不见也听不见声音呢?”“尊者,五百辆车、六百辆车、七百辆车、八百辆车、九百辆车,乃至一千辆车、十万辆车,又算得了什么呢!那更难作、更难成就的,正是有想而醒着,在天降雨、天雷鸣、闪电频发、霹雳交作之时,却既看不见也听不见声音。”

193. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu [vijjutāsu (sī. syā. pī.)] niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni [nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (sī.)], sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti.
PTS 2.132缅 2.110已对照

“布古沙,有一次我住在阿图摩(Ātumā)的谷仓(bhusāgāra)里。那时天降雨、天雷鸣、闪电频发、霹雳交作,在离谷仓不远处,有两个务农的兄弟和四头耕牛被击毙。布古沙,那时阿图摩的一大群人出来,走到那两个被击毙的务农兄弟和四头耕牛那里。布古沙,那时我从谷仓出来,在谷仓门前的露地经行。布古沙,那时那一大群人中有一个人来到我这里;到了之后,礼敬我,站在一旁。布古沙,我对站在一旁的那个人说:‘贤友,这一大群人为什么聚集在这里呢?’‘尊者,刚才天降雨、天雷鸣、闪电频发、霹雳交作,有两个务农的兄弟和四头耕牛被击毙。这一大群人就是为此聚集在这里的。尊者,那么您当时在哪里呢?’‘贤友,我就在这里。’‘那么,尊者,您看见了吗?’‘贤友,我没有看见。’‘那么,尊者,您听见声音了吗?’‘贤友,我没有听见声音。’‘那么,尊者,您睡着了吗?’‘贤友,我没有睡着。’‘那么,尊者,您是有想的吗?’‘是的,贤友。’‘尊者,您既是有想而醒着的,在天降雨、天雷鸣、闪电频发、霹雳交作之时,却既没看见,也没听见声音吗?’‘是的,贤友。’

‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā [balibaddā (sī. pī.)]. Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti?
已对照

“布古沙,那时那个人这样想:‘真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!出家者们所住的实在是寂静之住啊——竟然有想而醒着,在天降雨、天雷鸣、闪电频发、霹雳交作之时,却既看不见,也听不见声音!’他对我表白了广大的净信之后,礼敬我,右绕之后便离去了。”

‘‘Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti [suṇissati (syā.)]. Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī’’ti.
PTS 2.133已对照

这样说时,布古沙末罗子对世尊说:“尊者,我把对阿罗逻·迦罗摩的那份净信,就此在大风中扬去,或在急流的河中冲走。奇哉!尊者,奇哉!尊者。尊者,犹如把倒覆的扶起,把遮蔽的揭开,为迷路者指示道路,在黑暗中持来油灯,使有眼者得见诸色。正是如此,世尊以种种方式开显了法。尊者,我皈依(saraṇa)世尊、法(dhamma)与比丘僧团(bhikkhusaṅgha)。愿世尊忆持我为优婆塞,从今日起,终生皈依。”

Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya [siṅghasotāya (ka.)] vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
194已对照

于是,布古沙末罗子对一个人说:“喂,你去把那一双金色的、磨治光洁的可着之衣(siṅgīvaṇṇa yugamaṭṭha dhāraṇīya)取来。”“是的,主人。”那人应诺布古沙末罗子之后,就把那一双金色的、磨治光洁的可着之衣取来了。于是,布古沙末罗子把那一双金色的、磨治光洁的可着之衣奉献给世尊:“尊者,这是一双金色的、磨治光洁的可着之衣,愿世尊怜悯而接受它。”“那么,布古沙,你用一件覆盖我,用一件[覆盖]阿难。”“是的,尊者。”布古沙末罗子应诺世尊之后,就用一件覆盖世尊,用一件[覆盖]具寿阿难。于是,世尊以法语对布古沙末罗子开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜。于是,受世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、令其欢喜的布古沙末罗子从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后离去。

194. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari [āharasi (ka.)]. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
195PTS 2.134缅 2.111已对照

于是,在布古沙末罗子离去不久,具寿阿难把那一双金色的、磨治光洁的可着之衣贴附于世尊身上。贴附于世尊身上之后,它显得像失去了光焰一般。于是,具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,如来的肤色竟是这样遍净、皎洁!尊者,这一双金色的、磨治光洁的可着之衣贴附于世尊身上之后,竟显得像失去了光焰一般。”“正是这样,阿难;正是这样,阿难。在两个时候,如来的身体格外遍净、肤色皎洁。哪两个时候呢?阿难,就是如来现正觉无上正等正觉的那一夜,以及如来以无余依涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜。阿难,就在这两个时候,如来的身体格外遍净、肤色皎洁。 “阿难,就在今夜的后夜分,在拘尸那罗优婆跋多那(Upavattana)末罗人的娑罗林中、双娑罗树之间,将有如来的般涅槃。来吧,阿难,我们前往迦俱陀河。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。 “布古沙奉上了一双金色的磨光之衣; 导师被它覆上,[便]以金色而显耀。”

195. Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya [vītaccikaṃviya (sī. pī.)] khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘‘Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena [antare (syā.)] yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati [bhavissatīti (ka.)]. Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;
Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.
196PTS 2.135缅 2.112已对照

于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到迦俱陀河;到了之后,进入迦俱陀河,沐浴、饮水,上岸之后,来到芒果林。到了之后,对具寿纯陀迦(Cundaka)说:“来,纯陀迦,你把僧伽梨叠成四层给我敷设,纯陀迦,我疲倦了,我要躺下。”“是的,尊者。”具寿纯陀迦应诺世尊之后,把僧伽梨叠成四层敷设好。于是,世尊以右胁作狮子卧,足足相叠,具念、正知,作意起身之想。而具寿纯陀迦就在那里坐于世尊之前。 “佛陀走到迦俱陀小河, 水清、水甘、澄净; 导师入水,形貌不疲倦, 如来于世间无与伦比。 “沐浴、饮水之后,导师上了[岸], 在比丘众中受推为前导; 世尊——此[教]中法的宣说者、法的转起者—— 这位大仙来到了芒果林。 “他呼唤一位名叫纯陀迦的比丘: ‘为我敷设四层[僧伽梨],[我]要躺下’; 纯陀被自我已修习者所促, 迅即敷设了四层[僧伽梨]。 “导师躺下,形貌不疲倦, 纯陀也就在那里坐于[其]前。”

196. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti.
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.
Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,
Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;
Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo [sukilantarūpo (sī. pī.)],
Tathāgato appaṭimo ca [appaṭimodha (pī.)] loke.
Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā [pivitvā cundakena, pivitvā ca uttari (ka.)],
Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;
Vattā [satthā (sī. syā. pī.)] pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,
Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.
Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,
Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ;
So codito bhāvitattena cundo,
Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.
Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,
Cundopi tattha pamukhe [samukhe (ka.)] nisīdīti.
197PTS 2.136缅 2.113已对照

于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“阿难,或许有人会令铁匠之子纯陀生起追悔:‘纯陀贤友,这对你是损失,这对你是恶得——如来食用了你[所供]的最后一次施食之后就般涅槃了。’阿难,对铁匠之子纯陀的这样的追悔,应当这样除遣:‘纯陀贤友,这对你是所得,这对你是善得——如来食用了你[所供]的最后一次施食之后就般涅槃了。纯陀贤友,这是我当面从世尊听闻、当面领受的:有两次施食是果报同等、异熟同等的,比其他诸施食有更大的果、更大的功德。哪两次呢?就是如来食用之后现正觉无上正等正觉的那次施食,以及如来食用之后以无余依涅槃界般涅槃的那次施食。这两次施食是果报同等、异熟同等的,比其他诸施食有更大的果、更大的功德。具寿铁匠之子纯陀所积集的,是导向寿命的业,具寿铁匠之子纯陀所积集的,是导向容色的业,具寿铁匠之子纯陀所积集的,是导向安乐的业,具寿铁匠之子纯陀所积集的,是导向名声的业,具寿铁匠之子纯陀所积集的,是导向生天的业,具寿铁匠之子纯陀所积集的,是导向增上主权的业。’阿难,对铁匠之子纯陀的这样的追悔,应当这样除遣。”于是,世尊了知此义,在那时说出这段感兴语: “施者之福增长,自制者不积怨; 善巧者舍弃恶,以贪、瞋、痴的灭尽而寂灭。” 第四诵分。

197. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho [yo kho (ka.)], panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā [samā samaphalā (ka.)] samavipākā [samasamavipākā (sī. syā. pī.)], ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,
Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti.
Catuttho bhāṇavāro.
Yamakasālā
198PTS 2.137已对照

双娑罗树

于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们前往希连禅河(Hiraññavatī)的彼岸、拘尸那罗优婆跋多那末罗人的娑罗林。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。于是,世尊与大比丘僧一同来到希连禅河的彼岸、拘尸那罗优婆跋多那末罗人的娑罗林。到了之后,对具寿阿难说:“来,阿难,你在双娑罗树之间为我敷设头向北的床座,阿难,我疲倦了,我要躺下。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,就在双娑罗树之间敷设了头向北的床座。于是,世尊以右胁作狮子卧,足足相叠,具念、正知。

198. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.
PTS 2.138缅 2.114已对照

当时,双娑罗树非时花全部盛开,那些[花]散洒、遍洒、普洒于如来的身上,以供养如来。天上的曼陀罗花(mandārava)也从空中落下,那些[花]散洒、遍洒、普洒于如来的身上,以供养如来。天上的栴檀粉也从空中落下,那些[粉]散洒、遍洒、普洒于如来的身上,以供养如来。天上的乐器也在空中奏鸣,以供养如来。天上的歌咏也在空中转起,以供养如来。

Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
199已对照

于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“阿难,双娑罗树非时花全部盛开,那些[花]散洒、遍洒、普洒于如来的身上,以供养如来。天上的曼陀罗花(mandārava)也从空中落下,那些[花]散洒、遍洒、普洒于如来的身上,以供养如来。天上的栴檀粉也从空中落下,那些[粉]散洒、遍洒、普洒于如来的身上,以供养如来。天上的乐器也在空中奏鸣,以供养如来。天上的歌咏也在空中转起,以供养如来。阿难,如来并非仅以此而被恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养、礼敬。阿难,凡是比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞或优婆夷,法随法行而住、正当行道、随法而行者,他就是以最上的供养恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养、礼敬如来。所以,阿难,[你们应当这样学:]‘我们要法随法行而住,正当行道,随法而行。’阿难,你们应当这样学。”

199. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati [idaṃ padaṃ sīsyāipotthakesu na dissati], paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti.
Upavāṇatthero
200PTS 2.139缅 2.115已对照

具寿优波婆那 当时,具寿优波婆那(Upavāṇa)站在世尊前面为世尊扇风。于是,世尊斥退具寿优波婆那:“比丘,走开,不要站在我前面。”于是,具寿阿难这样想:“这位具寿优波婆那长期以来是世尊的侍者、近侍、随近而行者;而世尊却在最后之时斥退具寿优波婆那:‘比丘,走开,不要站在我前面。’究竟是什么因、什么缘,使世尊斥退具寿优波婆那:‘比丘,走开,不要站在我前面’呢?”于是,具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,这位具寿优波婆那长期以来是世尊的侍者、近侍、随近而行者;而世尊却在最后之时斥退具寿优波婆那:‘比丘,走开,不要站在我前面。’尊者,究竟是什么因、什么缘,使世尊斥退具寿优波婆那:‘比丘,走开,不要站在我前面’呢?”“阿难,十方世界的天神大多已经集来瞻见如来。阿难,拘尸那罗优婆跋多那末罗人的娑罗林四周十二由旬之内,没有一处地方——乃至连毛端所刺那么大的一处——是不被大威力的天神所遍满的。阿难,天神们在讥嫌:‘我们从远处来瞻见如来。如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世间,是稀有难逢的;而今夜的后夜分就将有如来的般涅槃。可是这位大威力的比丘却站在世尊前面遮着,我们不能在最后之时瞻见如来。’”

200. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti.
201PTS 2.140缅 2.116已对照

“尊者,那么世尊所作意的是怎样的天神呢?”“阿难,有些天神在虚空中而作地想,[他们]散发而哭泣,举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!’ “阿难,有些天神在大地上而作地想,[他们]散发而哭泣,举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!’ “而那些已离贪的天神,则具念、正知地忍受:‘诸行是无常的,于此如何能得[常]呢?’”

201. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī’’ti [manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]? ‘‘Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti [chinnaṃpādaṃviya papatanti (syā.)], āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ [cakkhumā (syā. ka.)] loke antaradhaṃāyissatī’ti.
‘‘Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’’’ti.
‘‘Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.
Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni
202PTS 2.141已对照

四应见而生悚惧之处 “尊者,从前在各方雨安居结束的比丘们会前来瞻见如来,我们得以瞻见令意增长的(manobhāvanīya)比丘们,得以承事[他们]。而尊者,在世尊去世之后,我们就不能瞻见令意增长的比丘们,也不能承事[他们]了。” “阿难,有这四处,是有信的良家子应当瞻见、应当生起悚惧(saṃvega)之处。哪四处呢?阿难,‘如来在此出生’——这是有信的良家子应当瞻见、应当生起悚惧之处。阿难,‘如来在此现正觉了无上正等正觉’——这是有信的良家子应当瞻见、应当生起悚惧之处。阿难,‘如来在此转了无上法轮’——这是有信的良家子应当瞻见、应当生起悚惧之处。阿难,‘如来在此以无余依涅槃界般涅槃’——这是有信的良家子应当瞻见、应当生起悚惧之处。阿难,这就是有信的良家子应当瞻见、应当生起悚惧的四处。 “阿难,将有具信的比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷前来[瞻见]:‘如来在此出生’,‘如来在此现正觉了无上正等正觉’,‘如来在此转了无上法轮’,‘如来在此以无余依涅槃界般涅槃’。阿难,凡是在巡礼塔庙(cetiyacārikā)之行中以净信之心而命终者,他们全都将于身坏命终之后往生善趣、天界。”

202. ‘‘Pubbe, bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā [vassaṃvutthā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā’’ti.
‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho, ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.
‘‘Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’ntipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī’’ti.
Ānandapucchākathā
203缅 2.117已对照

阿难的请问 “尊者,我们对女人应当如何行呢?”“阿难,不见。”“世尊,若见到了,应当如何行呢?”“阿难,不交谈。”“尊者,若要交谈,应当如何行呢?”“阿难,应当建立念。”

203. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Adassanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Anālāpo, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti.
204已对照

“尊者,我们对如来的遗体应当如何行呢?”“阿难,你们不要为如来的遗体供养而忙碌。来,阿难,你们要在要义(sārattha)上努力、精勤,于要义上不放逸、热勤、自策励而住。阿难,有对如来极净信的贤明刹帝利、贤明婆罗门、贤明居士,他们会作如来的遗体供养。”

204. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha [sadatthe anuyuñjatha (sī. syā.), sadatthaṃ anuyuñjatha (pī.), sāratthe anuyuñjatha (ka.)], sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.
205PTS 2.142已对照

“可是尊者,对如来的遗体应当如何行呢?”“阿难,如同人们对转轮王的遗体所行的那样,对如来的遗体也应当那样行。”“可是尊者,人们对转轮王的遗体是怎样行的呢?”“阿难,人们用新布缠裹转轮王的遗体,用新布缠裹之后,再用梳好的棉花缠裹,用梳好的棉花缠裹之后,再用新布缠裹。以这个方法用五百重缠裹转轮王的遗体之后,放入铁制的油槽中,再以另一个铁槽覆盖,以一切香作成柴堆,焚化转轮王的遗体。他们在四衢道上为转轮王造塔(thūpa)。阿难,人们就是这样对转轮王的遗体而行的。阿难,如同人们对转轮王的遗体所行的那样,对如来的遗体也应当那样行;应当在四衢道上为如来造塔。凡是在那里献上花鬘、香或涂香,或礼敬,或令心生起净信的人,那对他们将长夜是利益与安乐。

205. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ [sarīre (syā. ka.)] veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ [vaṇṇakaṃ (sī. pī.)] vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
Thūpārahapuggalo
206PTS 2.143缅 2.118已对照

四种值得造塔者 “阿难,有这四种值得造塔者。哪四种呢?如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者值得造塔,独觉(paccekasambuddha)值得造塔,如来的弟子值得造塔,转轮王值得造塔。 “阿难,缘于什么道理如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者值得造塔呢?阿难,[人们想]‘这是那位阿罗汉、正等正觉的世尊的塔’,众人便令心生起净信。他们在那里令心生起净信之后,于身坏命终之后往生善趣、天界。阿难,正是缘于这个道理,如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者值得造塔。 “阿难,缘于什么道理独觉值得造塔呢?阿难,[人们想]‘这是那位独觉的世尊的塔’,众人便令心生起净信。他们在那里令心生起净信之后,于身坏命终之后往生善趣、天界。阿难,正是缘于这个道理,独觉值得造塔。 “阿难,缘于什么道理如来的弟子值得造塔呢?阿难,[人们想]‘这是那位阿罗汉、正等正觉的世尊的弟子的塔’,众人便令心生起净信。他们在那里令心生起净信之后,于身坏命终之后往生善趣、天界。阿难,正是缘于这个道理,如来的弟子值得造塔。 “阿难,缘于什么道理转轮王值得造塔呢?阿难,[人们想]‘这是那位如法的法王的塔’,众人便令心生起净信。他们在那里令心生起净信之后,于身坏命终之后往生善趣、天界。阿难,正是缘于这个道理,转轮王值得造塔。阿难,这就是四种值得造塔者。”

206. ‘‘Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. ka.)] thūpārahoti.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā’’ti.
Ānandaacchariyadhammo
207PTS 2.144缅 2.119已对照

阿难的希有未曾有法 那时,具寿阿难进入精舍,倚着门柱(kapisīsa)而立,哭泣着[说]:“我还是有学、尚有应作之事的人,而怜悯我的导师就要般涅槃了。”于是,世尊对比丘们说:“诸比丘,阿难在哪里呢?”“尊者,具寿阿难进入精舍,倚着门柱而立,哭泣着[说]:‘我还是有学、尚有应作之事的人,而怜悯我的导师就要般涅槃了。’”于是,世尊对某位比丘说:“来,比丘,你以我的名义对阿难说:‘阿难贤友,导师叫你。’”“是的,尊者。”那位比丘应诺世尊之后,来到具寿阿难之处;到了之后,对具寿阿难说:“阿难贤友,导师叫你。”“好的,贤友。”具寿阿难应诺那位比丘之后,来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的具寿阿难说:“够了,阿难,不要愁,不要悲。阿难,我不是早已对你说过吗:‘与一切可爱、可意的[人事],[终有]别异、别离、变异。’阿难,于此如何能得[不然]呢?凡已生、已成、有为、坏灭之法,[要它]‘连如来的身体也不坏灭’,这是不可能的。阿难,长久以来,你以慈的身业——[那是]有益的、安乐的、无二的、无量的;以慈的语业——[那是]有益的、安乐的、无二的、无量的;以慈的意业——[那是]有益的、安乐的、无二的、无量的——承事如来。阿难,你已作福,努力精勤吧,你很快就会成为无漏者。”

207. Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti.
208PTS 2.145已对照

于是,世尊对比丘们说:“诸比丘,过去世那些成为阿罗汉、正等正觉者的世尊们,那些世尊也只有像我的阿难这样至上的侍者;诸比丘,未来世那些将成为阿罗汉、正等正觉者的世尊们,那些世尊也将只有像我的阿难这样至上的侍者。诸比丘,阿难是贤明的;诸比丘,阿难是有智慧的。他知道:‘这是比丘们前来瞻见如来的时候,这是比丘尼们的时候,这是优婆塞们的时候,这是优婆夷们的时候,这是国王、王的大臣、外道、外道弟子们的时候。’

208. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna’nti.
209PTS 2.146缅 2.120已对照

“诸比丘,阿难有这四种希有未曾有法。哪四种呢?诸比丘,若比丘众前来瞻见阿难,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若阿难在那里说法,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,比丘众尚未满足,阿难便已默然。诸比丘,若比丘尼众前来瞻见阿难,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若阿难在那里说法,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,比丘尼众尚未满足,阿难便已默然。诸比丘,若优婆塞众前来瞻见阿难,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若阿难在那里说法,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,优婆塞众尚未满足,阿难便已默然。诸比丘,若优婆夷众前来瞻见阿难,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若阿难在那里说法,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,优婆夷众尚未满足,阿难便已默然。诸比丘,这就是阿难的四种希有未曾有法。 “诸比丘,转轮王有这四种希有未曾有法。哪四种呢?诸比丘,若刹帝利众前来瞻见转轮王,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若转轮王在那里说话,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,刹帝利众尚未满足,转轮王便已默然。诸比丘,若婆罗门众……乃至……居士众……乃至……沙门众前来瞻见转轮王,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若转轮王在那里说话,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,沙门众尚未满足,转轮王便已默然。诸比丘,正是这样,阿难有这四种希有未曾有法:诸比丘,若比丘众前来瞻见阿难,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若阿难在那里说法,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,比丘众尚未满足,阿难便已默然。诸比丘,若比丘尼众……乃至……优婆塞众……乃至……优婆夷众前来瞻见阿难,[众]因见[他]而心悦;若阿难在那里说法,[众]也因所说而心悦。诸比丘,优婆夷众尚未满足,阿难便已默然。诸比丘,这就是阿难的四种希有未曾有法。”

209. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā [abbhutadhammā (syā. ka.)] ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti.
Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā
210PTS 2.147缅 2.122已对照

大善见[王]之说 这样说时,具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,愿世尊不要在这小城、荒瘠小城、枝城里般涅槃。尊者,还有别的大城,就是:瞻波(Campā)、王舍城、舍卫城、娑鸡多(Sāketa)、憍赏弥(Kosambī)、波罗奈;愿世尊在那里般涅槃。在那里有许多对如来极净信的大富刹帝利、大富婆罗门、大富居士,他们会作如来的遗体供养。”“阿难,不要这样说!阿难,不要这样说:‘小城、荒瘠小城、枝城’。 “阿难,从前有一位名叫大善见(Mahāsudassana)的国王,是转轮王,如法、法王,领有四方,得胜利,达成国土安定,具足七宝。阿难,这拘尸那罗,当时是大善见王名叫拘舍婆提(Kusāvatī)的王都:从东到西长十二由旬,从南到北宽七由旬。阿难,拘舍婆提王都兴盛、繁荣、人众多、人烟稠密、饮食丰足。阿难,犹如诸天名叫阿罗迦曼陀(Āḷakamandā)的王都兴盛、繁荣、人众多、夜叉稠密、饮食丰足;同样地,阿难,拘舍婆提王都兴盛、繁荣、人众多、人烟稠密、饮食丰足。阿难,拘舍婆提王都昼夜不离十种声音,就是:象声、马声、车声、鼓声、腰鼓声、琵琶声、歌声、螺声、铙钹声、手拍声,以及第十种‘食吧、饮吧、嚼吧’之声。 “阿难,你去进入拘尸那罗,告知拘尸那罗的末罗人:‘婆私吒们(Vāseṭṭhā),今夜的后夜分将有如来的般涅槃。前来吧,婆私吒们!前来吧,婆私吒们!不要事后追悔:“如来的般涅槃就在我们的村界之内,而我们竟不能在最后之时瞻见如来。”’”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺世尊之后,穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,以自己为第二[人,即带一伴]进入拘尸那罗。

210. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti ‘‘māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’nti.
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.
‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.
Mallānaṃ vandanā
211PTS 2.148缅 2.123已对照

礼敬末罗人 当时,拘尸那罗的末罗人因某件应办之事,正聚集在议事堂(sandhāgāra)中。于是,具寿阿难来到拘尸那罗末罗人的议事堂;到了之后,告知拘尸那罗的末罗人:“婆私吒们,今夜的后夜分将有如来的般涅槃。前来吧,婆私吒们!前来吧,婆私吒们!不要事后追悔:‘如来的般涅槃就在我们的村界之内,而我们竟不能在最后之时瞻见如来。’” 末罗人、末罗人的儿子、末罗人的儿媳、末罗人的妻子听了具寿阿难这番话,忧苦、意不悦、心怀苦痛,有些人散发而哭泣,举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!” 于是,末罗人、末罗人的儿子、末罗人的儿媳、末罗人的妻子忧苦、意不悦、心怀苦痛,来到末罗人的优婆跋多那娑罗林、具寿阿难之处。 于是,具寿阿难这样想:“我若让拘尸那罗的末罗人一个一个地礼敬世尊,[则]拘尸那罗的末罗人还没礼敬完,这一夜就要过去了。我何不把拘尸那罗的末罗人按家族一组一组地安排好,[再]让他们礼敬世尊:‘尊者,名叫某某的末罗人,与子、与妻、与随众、与大臣,以头礼敬世尊的双足。’” 于是,具寿阿难把拘尸那罗的末罗人按家族一组一组地安排好,让他们礼敬世尊:“尊者,名叫某某的末罗人,与子、与妻、与随众、与大臣,以头礼敬世尊的双足。”于是,具寿阿难以这个方法,在初夜分就让拘尸那罗的末罗人[全都]礼敬了世尊。

211. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre [santhāgāre (sī. syā. pī.)] sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.
Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu
212PTS 2.150缅 2.124已对照

游方者须跋陀 当时,有一位名叫须跋陀(Subhadda)的游方者住在拘尸那罗。游方者须跋陀听说:“据说今夜的后夜分将有沙门乔达摩的般涅槃。”于是,游方者须跋陀这样想:“我曾听那些年长、耆老、师与师之师的游方者们说:‘如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世间,是稀有难逢的。’而今夜的后夜分就将有沙门乔达摩的般涅槃。我心中生起了这样的疑惑之法;我对沙门乔达摩有这样的净信:‘沙门乔达摩能为我如此说法,使我舍断这疑惑之法。’”于是,游方者须跋陀来到末罗人的优婆跋多那娑罗林、具寿阿难之处;到了之后,对具寿阿难说:“阿难尊师,我曾听那些年长、耆老、师与师之师的游方者们说:‘如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世间,是稀有难逢的。’而今夜的后夜分就将有沙门乔达摩的般涅槃。我心中生起了这样的疑惑之法;我对沙门乔达摩有这样的净信:‘沙门乔达摩能为我如此说法,使我舍断这疑惑之法。’善哉,阿难尊师,愿我能得见沙门乔达摩。”这样说时,具寿阿难对游方者须跋陀说:“够了,须跋陀贤友,不要恼扰如来,世尊已经疲倦了。”游方者须跋陀第二次……乃至……游方者须跋陀第三次对具寿阿难说:“阿难尊师,我曾听那些年长、耆老、师与师之师的游方者们说:‘如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世间,是稀有难逢的。’而今夜的后夜分就将有沙门乔达摩的般涅槃。我心中生起了这样的疑惑之法;我对沙门乔达摩有这样的净信:‘沙门乔达摩能为我如此说法,使我舍断这疑惑之法。’善哉,阿难尊师,愿我能得见沙门乔达摩。”具寿阿难第三次对游方者须跋陀说:“够了,须跋陀贤友,不要恼扰如来,世尊已经疲倦了。”

212. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – ‘‘ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti.
213PTS 2.151已对照

世尊听见了具寿阿难与游方者须跋陀的这番交谈。于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“够了,阿难,不要阻止须跋陀。阿难,让须跋陀得见如来吧。须跋陀无论问我什么,都是想求了知而问,不是想恼扰[我]而问;我被问及而作解答的,他都会很快了知。”于是,具寿阿难对游方者须跋陀说:“去吧,须跋陀贤友,世尊为你作了机会。”于是,游方者须跋陀来到世尊之处;到了之后,与世尊互相问候;交换了友好、可念的问候话语之后,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的游方者须跋陀对世尊说:“乔达摩尊师,那些拥有僧团、拥有会众、是会众之师、知名而有声誉、是一派的宗师(titthakara)、受众人敬重的沙门婆罗门们,就是:富兰那·迦叶(Pūraṇa Kassapa)、末伽梨·拘舍梨(Makkhali Gosāla)、阿耆多·翅舍钦婆罗(Ajita Kesakambala)、婆浮陀·迦旃延(Pakudha Kaccāyana)、删阇耶·毘罗胝子(Sañcaya Belaṭṭhaputta)、尼乾陀·若提子(Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta)——他们是全都如自己所宣称的那样有证智呢,还是全都没有证智呢?或者有些有证智、有些没有证智呢?”“够了,须跋陀,这件事且搁下:‘他们是全都如自己所宣称的那样有证智呢,还是全都没有证智呢?或者有些有证智、有些没有证智呢?’须跋陀,我要为你说法,你要谛听,好好作意,我要说了。”“是的,尊者。”游方者须跋陀回答世尊。世尊这样说:

213. Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
214PTS 2.152缅 2.125已对照

“须跋陀,凡在哪一个法与律中不能得到八支圣道,那里也就不能得到沙门,那里也不能得到第二沙门,那里也不能得到第三沙门,那里也不能得到第四沙门。须跋陀,凡在哪一个法与律中能得到八支圣道,那里就能得到沙门,那里也能得到第二沙门,那里也能得到第三沙门,那里也能得到第四沙门。须跋陀,在这个法与律中能得到八支圣道;须跋陀,正是在这里有沙门,这里有第二沙门,这里有第三沙门,这里有第四沙门——他人的异论空无其他诸沙门。须跋陀,若这些比丘能正住,世间便不空于诸阿罗汉。 “须跋陀,我二十九岁出家, 为寻求什么是善; 须跋陀,自我出家以来, 已五十有余年。 [唯]行于如理之法的一分之内—— 此[教]之外并无沙门。 “也没有第二沙门,也没有第三沙门,也没有第四沙门——他人的异论空无其他诸沙门。须跋陀,若这些比丘能正住,世间便不空于诸阿罗汉。”

214. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi [aññe (pī.)]. Ime ca [idheva (ka.)], subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.
‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda,
Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānuesī;
Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.
Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,
Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.
‘‘Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti.
215PTS 2.153缅 2.126已对照

这样说时,游方者须跋陀对世尊说:“奇哉!尊者,奇哉!尊者。尊者,犹如把倒覆的扶起,把遮蔽的揭开,为迷路者指示道路,在黑暗中持来油灯,使有眼者得见诸色。正是如此,世尊以种种方式开显了法。尊者,我皈依世尊、法与比丘僧团。尊者,愿我能在世尊座下得出家,得具足戒。”“须跋陀,凡曾属他外道者,若在这法与律中希求出家、希求具足戒,他要别住(parivāsa)四个月;四个月过后,心满意的比丘们才为他出家、为他授具足戒而成比丘。不过,我于此也了知人的差别。”“尊者,若曾属他外道者在这法与律中希求出家、希求具足戒要别住四个月,四个月过后心满意的比丘们才为他出家、授具足戒而成比丘——[那么]我愿别住四年;四年过后,愿心满意的比丘们为我出家、授具足戒而成比丘。”于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“那么,阿难,你为须跋陀作出家[之事]吧。”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回答世尊。 于是,游方者须跋陀对具寿阿难说:“阿难贤友,你们是有所得的!阿难贤友,你们是善得的——你们在此当着导师的面,受了内住弟子的灌顶。”游方者须跋陀就在世尊座下得到出家,得到具足戒。而具寿须跋陀受具足戒不久,独一、远离、不放逸、热勤、自策励而住,不久便在现法中自己以证智证知、成就并住于那无上的梵行终点——良家子们正是为此而正当地从家出家、成为无家者。他证知:“生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,再无后有。”具寿须跋陀成了阿罗汉之一。他就是世尊最后一位面见受教的弟子。 第五诵分。

215. Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu [satthārā (syā.)] sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā’’ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.
Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.
Tathāgatapacchimavācā
216PTS 2.154缅 2.127已对照

如来的最后之语 于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“阿难,或许你们会这样想:‘言教已失去导师,我们没有导师了。’阿难,不应这样看。阿难,我为你们所教说、所制定的法与律,在我去世之后就是你们的导师。阿难,如今比丘们彼此以‘贤友’之称相唤,在我去世之后不应再这样相唤。阿难,较年长的比丘对较年少的比丘,应以名、以姓,或以‘贤友’之称相唤;较年少的比丘对较年长的比丘,应以‘尊者’或‘具寿’相唤。阿难,僧团若愿意,在我去世之后可以废除微细与随微细的诸学处。阿难,在我去世之后,应当对车匿(Channa)比丘施以梵罚(brahmadaṇḍa)。”“可是尊者,什么是梵罚呢?”“阿难,车匿比丘想说什么就让他说;比丘们既不对他说[什么],也不教诫他,也不教导他。”

216. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo’’ti? ‘‘Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo’’ti.
217PTS 2.155已对照

于是,世尊对比丘们说:“诸比丘,或许有哪怕一位比丘对佛、或对法、或对僧、或对道、或对行道有疑惑或犹豫——诸比丘,你们发问吧,不要事后追悔:‘我们的导师曾当面在此,我们却未能当面反问世尊。’”这样说时,那些比丘默然。世尊第二次……乃至……世尊第三次对比丘们说:“诸比丘,或许有哪怕一位比丘对佛、或对法、或对僧、或对道、或对行道有疑惑或犹豫——诸比丘,你们发问吧,不要事后追悔:‘我们的导师曾当面在此,我们却未能当面反问世尊。’”那些比丘第三次仍默然。于是,世尊对比丘们说:“诸比丘,或许你们是出于对导师的恭敬而不问。诸比丘,那就让朋友告诉朋友吧。”这样说时,那些比丘[仍]默然。于是,具寿阿难对世尊说:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,我对这个比丘僧有这样的净信:‘没有哪怕一位比丘对佛、或对法、或对僧、或对道、或对行道有疑惑或犹豫。’”“阿难,你是从净信而说;阿难,而如来于此正是有智。这个比丘僧中,没有哪怕一位比丘对佛、或对法、或对僧、或对道、或对行道有疑惑或犹豫。阿难,这五百位比丘中,最末的一位比丘也已是须陀洹,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。”

217. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’’’ti. ‘‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.
218PTS 2.156缅 2.128已对照

于是,世尊对比丘们说:“那么,诸比丘,我现在告诉你们:诸行是坏灭法,当以不放逸成就。”这是如来最后之语。

218. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.
Parinibbutakathā
219已对照

般涅槃 于是,世尊入初禅;从初禅出定后入第二禅,从第二禅出定后入第三禅,从第三禅出定后入第四禅;从第四禅出定后入空无边处,从空无边处等至出定后入识无边处,从识无边处等至出定后入无所有处,从无所有处等至出定后入非想非非想处,从非想非非想处等至出定后入想受灭。于是,具寿阿难对具寿阿那律(Anuruddha)说:“阿那律尊者,世尊已经般涅槃了。”“阿难贤友,世尊还没有般涅槃,[他]入了想受灭。” 于是,世尊从想受灭等至出定后入非想非非想处,从非想非非想处等至出定后入无所有处,从无所有处等至出定后入识无边处,从识无边处等至出定后入空无边处,从空无边处等至出定后入第四禅,从第四禅出定后入第三禅,从第三禅出定后入第二禅,从第二禅出定后入初禅;从初禅出定后入第二禅,从第二禅出定后入第三禅,从第三禅出定后入第四禅——从第四禅出定后,世尊随即般涅槃。

219. Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.
220PTS 2.157缅 2.129已对照

世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,发生了大地震,可怖、令人身毛竖立;天鼓也爆响。世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,娑婆主梵天(Brahmā Sahampati)说了这首偈: “世间一切生类,皆将舍其身聚; [今]这样的导师——于世无可比拟者、 已得[十]力的如来、正觉者——已般涅槃。”

220. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
‘‘Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;
Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;
Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto’’ti.
221已对照

世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,诸天之主帝释(Sakka devānaminda)说了这首偈:

221. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
已对照

“诸行实是无常,是生灭之法;

‘‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;
已对照

生起之后便灭去,其寂止为乐。”

Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’’ti.
222已对照

世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,具寿阿那律说了这些偈:

222. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –
已对照

“心已住立的如如者,无有入息出息;

‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;
已对照

不动的牟尼趣向寂静,[便]作了时[而命终]。

Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.
已对照

“以不退缩的心忍受了[那]受;

‘‘Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;
已对照

如同灯的熄灭,[他]心的解脱就是这样。”

Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū’’ti.
223已对照

世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,具寿阿难说了这首偈:

223. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
已对照

“那时是可怖的,那时是令身毛竖立的——

‘‘Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;
已对照

当具足一切行相之胜的正觉者般涅槃之时。”

Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute’’ti.
224PTS 2.158已对照

世尊般涅槃时,那里那些尚未离贪的比丘,有些人举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!”而那些已离贪的比丘,则具念、正知地忍受:“诸行是无常的,于此如何能得[常]呢?”

224. Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
225缅 2.130已对照

于是,具寿阿那律对比丘们说:“够了,贤友们,不要愁,不要悲。贤友们,世尊不是早已说过吗:‘与一切可爱、可意的[人事],[终有]别异、别离、变异。’贤友们,于此如何能得[不然]呢?凡已生、已成、有为、坏灭之法,[要它]‘不要坏灭’,这是不可能的。贤友们,天神们正在讥嫌呢。”“可是尊者,阿那律尊者所作意的是怎样的天神呢?”

225. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī’’ti [bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]?
已对照

“阿难贤友,有些天神在虚空中而作地想,[他们]散发而哭泣,举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!’阿难贤友,有些天神在大地上而作地想,[他们]散发而哭泣,举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!’而那些已离贪的天神,则具念、正知地忍受:‘诸行是无常的,于此如何能得[常]呢?’”于是,具寿阿那律与具寿阿难以法语度过了那残余的一夜。

‘‘Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.
226PTS 2.159已对照

于是,具寿阿那律对具寿阿难说:“去吧,阿难贤友,进入拘尸那罗,告知拘尸那罗的末罗人:‘婆私吒们,世尊已经般涅槃了;现在正是你们认为适时的时候。’”“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难应诺具寿阿那律之后,在上午穿好[下衣],取了钵与衣,以自己为第二[人]进入拘尸那罗。当时,拘尸那罗的末罗人正为那件事聚集在议事堂中。于是,具寿阿难来到拘尸那罗末罗人的议事堂;到了之后,告知拘尸那罗的末罗人:“婆私吒们,世尊已经般涅槃了;现在正是你们认为适时的时候。”末罗人、末罗人的儿子、末罗人的儿媳、末罗人的妻子听了具寿阿难这番话,忧苦、意不悦、心怀苦痛,有些人散发而哭泣,举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!”

226. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti.
Buddhasarīrapūjā
227缅 2.131已对照

遗体的供养

于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人吩咐属下:“喂,那么你们把拘尸那罗的香与花鬘,以及一切乐器都聚集起来。”于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人带着香与花鬘、一切乐器以及五百双布,来到末罗人的优婆跋多那娑罗林、世尊遗体所在之处;到了之后,以舞、歌、乐、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养世尊的遗体,张设布幔,在圆亭中布置停当,这样度过了一日。

227. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
已对照

于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人这样想:“今天火化世尊的遗体已经太晚了,我们明天再火化世尊的遗体吧。”于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人以舞、歌、乐、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养世尊的遗体,张设布幔,在圆亭中布置停当,这样度过了第二日,也度过了第三日、第四日、第五日、第六日。

Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
PTS 2.160已对照

到了第七日,拘尸那罗的末罗人这样想:“我们以舞、歌、乐、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养世尊的遗体,从城南抬向南方,抬到城外,在城的南方外面火化世尊的遗体吧。”

Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti.
228缅 2.132已对照

当时,八位末罗人的首领洗了头、穿上新衣,[说]“我们要抬起世尊的遗体”,却抬不起来。于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人对具寿阿那律说:“阿那律尊者,是什么因、什么缘,使这八位洗了头、穿上新衣的末罗人首领[说]‘我们要抬起世尊的遗体’却抬不起来呢?”“婆私吒们,你们的意趣是一样,天神的意趣是另一样。”“可是尊者,天神的意趣是怎样的呢?”“婆私吒们,你们的意趣是:‘我们以舞、歌、乐、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养世尊的遗体,从城南抬向南方,抬到城外,在城的南方外面火化世尊的遗体。’婆私吒们,天神的意趣却是:‘我们以天上的舞、歌、乐、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养世尊的遗体,从城北抬向北方,从北门抬入城中,从城的中央穿过,从东门出城,在城东名叫马古答班达那(Makuṭabandhana)的末罗人塔庙,就在那里火化世尊的遗体。’”“尊者,就照天神的意趣办吧。”

228. Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’’ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
229PTS 2.161已对照

当时,拘尸那罗乃至街道的连接处、污秽处与垃圾堆,都被曼陀罗花铺满到及膝之量。于是,天神与拘尸那罗的末罗人以天上的与人间的舞、歌、乐、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养世尊的遗体,从城北抬向北方,从北门抬入城中,从城的中央穿过,从东门出城,来到城东名叫马古答班达那的末罗人塔庙,就把世尊的遗体安放在那里。

229. Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā [saṇṭhitā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.
230PTS 2.162缅 2.133已对照

于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人对具寿阿难说:“阿难尊者,我们对如来的遗体应当如何行呢?”“婆私吒们,如同人们对转轮王的遗体所行的那样,对如来的遗体也应当那样行。”“可是阿难尊者,人们对转轮王的遗体是怎样行的呢?”“婆私吒们,人们用新布缠裹转轮王的遗体,用新布缠裹之后,再用梳好的棉花缠裹,用梳好的棉花缠裹之后,再用新布缠裹。以这个方法用五百重缠裹转轮王的遗体之后,放入铁制的油槽中,再以另一个铁槽覆盖,以一切香作成柴堆,焚化转轮王的遗体。他们在四衢道上为转轮王造塔。婆私吒们,人们就是这样对转轮王的遗体而行的。婆私吒们,如同人们对转轮王的遗体所行的那样,对如来的遗体也应当那样行;应当在四衢道上为如来造塔。凡是在那里献上花鬘、香或涂香,或礼敬,或令心生起净信的人,那对他们将长夜是利益与安乐。”于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人吩咐属下:“喂,那么你们把末罗人[所有]梳好的棉花聚集起来。” 于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人用新布缠裹世尊的遗体,再用梳好的棉花缠裹;用梳好的棉花缠裹之后,再用新布缠裹。以这个方法用五百重缠裹世尊的遗体之后,放入铁制的油槽中,再以另一个铁槽覆盖,以一切香作成柴堆,把世尊的遗体抬上柴堆。

230. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti. Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā’’ti.
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.
Mahākassapattheravatthu
231已对照

大迦叶之事 当时,具寿大迦叶(Mahākassapa)正与约五百位比丘的大比丘僧一同走在从波婆到拘尸那罗的大道上。于是,具寿大迦叶从道路走下,在一棵树下坐着。当时,有一位活命外道(ājīvaka)从拘尸那罗取了一朵曼陀罗花,正走在往波婆的大道上。具寿大迦叶远远看见那位活命外道走来;看见之后,对那位活命外道说:“贤友,你可知道我们的导师吗?”“是的,贤友,我知道:沙门乔达摩般涅槃到今天已经七天了。我这朵曼陀罗花就是从那里得来的。”那里那些尚未离贪的比丘,有些人举臂而哭泣,如被斩断般跌倒,辗转翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消逝得太快了!”而那些已离贪的比丘,则具念、正知地忍受:“诸行是无常的,于此如何能得[常]呢?”

231. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita’’nti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
232PTS 2.163缅 2.134已对照

当时,有一位名叫须跋陀(Subhadda)的年老出家者坐在那众中。于是,年老出家者须跋陀对那些比丘说:“够了,贤友们,不要愁,不要悲!我们已经从那位大沙门[的管束]中彻底解脱了。我们一向被压迫着:‘这对你们是许可的,这对你们是不许可的。’而如今,我们想做什么就做什么,不想做什么就不做什么。”于是,具寿大迦叶对比丘们说:“够了,贤友们,不要愁,不要悲。贤友们,世尊不是早已说过吗:‘与一切可爱、可意的[人事],[终有]别异、别离、变异。’贤友们,于此如何能得[不然]呢?凡已生、已成、有为、坏灭之法,[要它]‘连如来的身体也不要坏灭’,这是不可能的。”

232. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
233已对照

当时,四位末罗人的首领洗了头、穿上新衣,[说]“我们要点燃世尊的柴堆”,却点不着。于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人对具寿阿那律说:“阿那律尊者,是什么因、什么缘,使这四位洗了头、穿上新衣的末罗人首领[说]‘我们要点燃世尊的柴堆’却点不着呢?”“婆私吒们,天神的意趣是另一样。”“可是尊者,天神的意趣是怎样的呢?”“婆私吒们,天神的意趣是:‘这位具寿大迦叶正与约五百位比丘的大比丘僧一同走在从波婆到拘尸那罗的大道上;只要具寿大迦叶还没有以头礼敬世尊的双足,世尊的柴堆就不会燃起。’”“尊者,就照天神的意趣办吧。”

233. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
234PTS 2.164已对照

于是,具寿大迦叶来到拘尸那罗名叫马古答班达那的末罗人塔庙、世尊柴堆所在之处;到了之后,偏袒一肩,合掌,右绕柴堆三匝,以头礼敬世尊的双足。那五百位比丘也偏袒一肩,合掌,右绕柴堆三匝,以头礼敬世尊的双足。在具寿大迦叶与那五百位比丘礼敬之后,世尊的柴堆便自行燃起。

234. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.
235缅 2.135已对照

在世尊的遗体燃烧时,凡是所谓表皮、皮、肉、腱、关节液的,既不见其灰,也不见其炱,只剩下了遗骨。犹如酥油或油燃烧时既不见灰、也不见炱;同样地,在世尊的遗体燃烧时,凡是所谓表皮、皮、肉、腱、关节液的,既不见其灰,也不见其炱,只剩下了遗骨。而那五百双布中,只有最内的一件与最外的一件没有烧掉。世尊的遗体烧尽之后,从空中出现水流,浇熄了世尊的柴堆;水也从娑罗树中涌出,浇熄了世尊的柴堆;拘尸那罗的末罗人也以一切香水浇熄了世尊的柴堆。于是,拘尸那罗的末罗人在议事堂里作矛栏、周围围以弓墙,把世尊的遗骨供奉了七日,以舞、歌、乐、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供养。

235. Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi [udakaṃ sālatopi (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā [parikkhipitvā (syā.)] naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.
Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ
236已对照

遗骨的分配

摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊也是刹帝利,我也是刹帝利,我也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”

236. Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
PTS 2.165已对照

毘舍离的离车人听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,毘舍离的离车人派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我们也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
缅 2.136已对照

迦毘罗卫(Kapilavatthu)的释迦人听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,迦毘罗卫的释迦人派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊是我们最上的亲族,我们也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我们也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”

Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
已对照

阿拉迦巴(Allakappa)的布利人(Bulī)听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,阿拉迦巴的布利人派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我们也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”

Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo [thūlayo (syā.)] – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
已对照

罗摩村(Rāmagāma)的拘利人(Koḷiya)听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,罗摩村的拘利人派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我们也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”

Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
已对照

韦他堤巴(Veṭṭhadīpa)的婆罗门听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,韦他堤巴的婆罗门派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊是刹帝利,我是婆罗门,我也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”

Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
已对照

波婆的末罗人听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,波婆的末罗人派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我们也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”

Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
PTS 2.166已对照

这样说时,拘尸那罗的末罗人对那些僧团、群众说:“世尊是在我们的村界之内般涅槃的,我们不会分出世尊遗骨的一分。”

Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga’’nti.
237缅 2.137已对照

这样说时,多那婆罗门(Doṇa)对那些僧团、群众说了这些偈: “诸位请听我一言: 我们的佛陀是说忍者(khantivāda); 为最上人的遗身之分 而至于兵刃相加,实非善事。 “愿诸位全都协同、和合, 欢喜地分作八分; 愿诸塔广布于四方, 愿众人对具眼者生起净信。”

237. Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca –
‘‘Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,
Amhāka [chandānurakkhaṇatthaṃ niggahītalopo]; Buddho ahu khantivādo;
Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,
Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.
Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,
Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;
Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,
Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā’’ti.
238已对照

“那么,婆罗门,就请你自己把世尊的遗骨平均分作八分吧。”“好的,诸位。”多那婆罗门应诺那些僧团、群众之后,把世尊的遗骨平均善分为八分,然后对那些僧团、群众说:“诸位,请把这只量瓶(tumba)给我,我也要为这量瓶造塔并举行大供养。”他们就把量瓶给了多那婆罗门。 毕钵利林(Pippalivana)的莫利亚人(Moriya)听说:“据说世尊已在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。”于是,毕钵利林的莫利亚人派使者去见拘尸那罗的末罗人:“世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应得世尊遗骨的一分,我们也要为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行大供养。”“世尊遗骨的一分已经没有了,世尊的遗骨已经分完。你们从这里取炭去吧。”于是他们就从那里取走了炭。

238. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.
Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā [pipphalivaniyā (syā.)] moriyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā’’ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu [āhariṃsu (syā. ka.)].
Dhātuthūpapūjā
239PTS 2.167缅 2.138已对照

遗骨塔的供养 于是,摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希子在王舍城为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;毘舍离的离车人也在毘舍离为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;迦毘罗卫的释迦人也在迦毘罗卫为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;阿拉迦巴的布利人也在阿拉迦巴为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;罗摩村的拘利人也在罗摩村为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;韦他堤巴的婆罗门也在韦他堤巴为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;波婆的末罗人也在波婆为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;拘尸那罗的末罗人也在拘尸那罗为世尊的遗骨造塔并举行了大供养;多那婆罗门也为量瓶造塔并举行了大供养;毕钵利林的莫利亚人也在毕钵利林为炭造塔并举行了大供养。如是,遗骨塔有八座,量瓶塔为第九,炭塔为第十。从前之事就是这样。

239. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.
240PTS 2.168已对照

“具眼者的遗身[共]八斗, 七斗在阎浮提受大供养; 而人中最上者的一斗, 在罗摩村由龙王供养。 “一颗牙受三十三[天]的供养, 一颗则在犍陀罗城(Gandhārapura)受大供养; 一颗又在羯陵伽(Kāliṅga)王的国境, 一颗则由龙王供养。 “正由他的威力,这大地 以最上的供养处而庄严; 如是,具眼者的这遗身, 为受敬者中的受敬者所善加恭敬。 “受天主、龙主、人主的供养, 同样也受人中最上之主们的供养; 你们既已得到,就合掌礼敬它吧—— 佛陀实是百劫难逢。 “四十颗齐整的牙齿,以及一切头发、身毛, 诸天各取其一,[遍及]诸轮围界的次第。” 《大般涅槃经》第三,终。

240. Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.
Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.
Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;
Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.
Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,
Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;
Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,
Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.
Devindanāgindanarindapūjito,
Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;
Taṃ vandatha [taṃ taṃ vandatha (syā.)] pañjalikā labhitvā,
Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.
Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;
Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.
Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.